Home

Clarion RPNP Plug and Play Receiver Stereo Receiver User Manual

Contents

1. 52 Turning off engine eee 52 SSS Safety and Security 55 Occupant Safety cccessseeceeeeesteeees 56 AID ABS vei cececsessucecsesceccvasseceteteseaseesse 57 Seat DeltS iis taicviciecssteietesssstesieeeess 62 Children in the vehicle 00 65 Blocking rear door window Operation ssssssssessseesesssssserssssrrerssseee 71 Panic alaf Mannan 73 Driving and safety systemS 0 TA Seala aeseeessesesetns 94 ABS ccvstecseaucevscvses eveaevscodcoudeventeccecadt 74 Easy entry exit feature eee 94 BAS oeeo EHE 76 Removing and installing front seat AMET S oir inesse 77 head restraints sesneeseeeesssessseese 95 PBB nane ee cacy scceltaosuerscy 78 Synchronizing head restraints and ESP eieren iieii sa 78 seat adjustment fore and aft for Anti theft systems eeeeeeeeeeeeee 82 front Sealse aea 95 Ilmmobilizer seeeeeeeeseesseeeseeessessses 82 Rear seat head restraints 96 Anti theft alarm s es 82 Multicontour seat eee 97 TOW aWaY alarm seseeeeeseeeseeeeee 83 Heated Seats eeecesseeeseeereeee 98 Memory function seese 101 a Storing positions into memory 102 Controls in detail 0 ee 85 Recalling positions from memory 102 Locking and unlocking ee 86 Storing exterior rear view mirror SmartKey vin cvs ceaccostessevstysnsesaenssdseeees 86 parking position cceceeeeeees 103 Opening the doors from the inside
2. Replacing bulbs Rear lamps 0000 Lamp High mounted brake lamp Turn signal lamp Brake lamp Tail parking and standing lamp Backup lamp License plate lamps Rear fog lamp Side marker lamp Type LED PY21W P21W R5W P21W C5W P21W T4W Notes on bulb replacement Warning VAN Keep bulbs out of reach of children Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Use only 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not come on visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Have the LEDs for the following lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center e The additional turn signals in the ex terior rear view mirrors e The high mounted brake lamp i Have the headlamp settings checked regularly by a Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not turn the headlamp adjusting screws If the adjusting screws are turned the headlamp setting must be checked by a Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Replacing bulbs for fr
3. For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters solvent Technical data Consumer information Y Consumer information This has been prepared as required of all manufacturers of passenger cars under Ti tle 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Tread wear Traction 200 AA A Temperature All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 vA times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA
4. Securing screw Turn signal lens gt Switch off the lights gt Unscrew securing screws 1 gt Remove turn signal lens Bulb gt Push bulb 3 into socket turn counter clockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and turn clockwise until it clicks in Reinstall turn signal lens 2 and screw in securing screws Q Do not overtighten securing screws 1 Otherwise turn signal lens 2 could be damaged Side marker lamp The following description applies to both the front and the rear side marker lamps Front side marker shown Securing screw Side marker lamp housing gt Switch off the lights gt Unscrew securing screws 1 gt Remove side marker lamp housing 2 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Tail lamp assemblies i G 55 AMG Remove the protective grille before re placing bulbs Dust cover Bulb gt Remove dust cover 3 gt Push bulb into socket turn counter gt Press catch aside and pull out bulb clockwise and remove socket from side marker lamp gt Insert new bulb in socket push in and housing turn clockwise until it clicks in gt Insert bulb socket in lamp housing and reinstall the dust cover gt Reinstall side marker lamp housing and screw in securing screws 1 Securing screw Lens i Do not overtighten the securing me eR OAE MENES screw 1 Othe
5. eeeeeeee 144 Transfer CASE cesccccccceeeceesesseseees Gear TANGO caeno Switching transfer case Differential locks oo ecccceceeeeeeeeee A few words about differentials and differential locks 608 Switching differential locks OM ANG Off sesncd saccesissviessdssesscesesoetee Good visibility eee ee eeeeeeeeteeeeeee Rear view MIITOL 00000eeseeeeeee Headlamp cleaning system SUA VISOMS s 5c25e2 cee ceccesceavesssuvedessees Rear window defroster 5 Climate control cccccccceecceeceeeeeeeees Setting the temperature Adjusting air distribution and Defrosting v is i cs ceeeiesbenieeieevies Air recirculation Residual engine heat utilization Deactivating the climate control SYSTEM secs ceoscesesevesvedcasatssiaeedeccdee Air conditioning eee Rear passenger compartment adjustable air vents cc ceee Power WINCOWS ccesceceesseeeeteeeeenees 164 Opening and closing the windows 164 Operation ccecseesseseseeeeeees 205 Sliding POP UP POOF ceeeeteeseeeeeees 166 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 206 Opening and closing the Driving instructions cceeeeeeeeeee 207 sliding pop up roOf eeeeee 166 Drive sensibly save fuel 207 Driving Systems ceceeeceeeseeeteeeeeeees 169 Drinking and driving e 207 Cruise control cceeseceeeeseeees 169 Peda
6. ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered BabySmart airbag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front airbag when sucha seat is properly installed indicator lamp in the center console comes on See your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for availability tM compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the passenger seat prevents deployment of the pas senger front airbag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed BAS Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it senses an emergency based on how fast the brake is applied CAC Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz customer service cen ter which can help you with any ques tions about your vehicle and provide assistance in the event of a break down CAN system Controller Area Network Data bus network serving to control ve hicle functions such as door locking or windshield wiping Cockpit All instruments switches buttons and indicator warning lamps in the passen ger compartment needed for vehicle operation and monitoring Technical terms COMAND Coc
7. e Avoid accelerating by kick down e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may grad ually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum T Additional instructions for AMG vehi cles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driv ing the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine the transfer case the front differ ential or the rear differential has been re placed i Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should Keep tires at the recommended infla tion pressures Remove unnecessary loads Allow engine to warm up under low load use Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Service Booklet and as required by the FSS Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on s
8. A Warning Never operate the windows or slid ing pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger the procedure can be immediately halt ed by releasing the button on the SmartKey To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing gt Aim transmitter eye at the driver s door handle Opening Summer opening feature gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to open after approximately one second gt Release transmit button to interrupt procedure Controls in detail Power windows Closing Convenience feature gt gt Press and hold button after lock ing the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately one second Release transmit button to interrupt procedure Make sure all side windows and the slid ing pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof YV Sliding pop up roof Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof 20 SRH 40 Push up to raise roof at rear 2 Pull down to lower roof at rear Push forward to slide roof closed Push back to slide roof open P54 25 3511 31 With the roof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard against sun rays When sli
9. Flip up brush guard until it contacts end quick lock using lock and unlocking stop joint handle Q Quick lock stop pin 2 must engage gt Gently lower brush guard until it the cross slot recess in lock reaches its fully lowered position gt Now turn quick lock so that quick lock makes contact with end stop joint 4 gt Lock quick lock on both sides of Ni P88 20 2272 31 brush guard using lock and unlocking Lock and unlocking handle handle Q Quick lock Lock H End stop joint Make sure both quick stop pins are seated fully in lock Vv Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling It is there fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as semblies are in good working order at all times Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced See your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for headlamp adjustment a Backup bulbs will be brought into use when the following lamps malfunction e Parking lamps e Turn signal lamps e Tail lamps Bulbs P54 00 2395 31 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Lamp Type Additional turn sig LED nal lamp Turn signal lamp 1156 NA Side marker lamp T4W High and low beam H4 60 55 W Parking and stand T 4W ing lamp Fog lamp H3 55 W Practical hints
10. Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting 104 Automatic headlamp mode 105 Combination switch 108 Daytime running lamp mode 106 Exterior lamp switch 104 Front fog lamps 107 High beam flasher 108 High beams 108 Instrument cluster illumination 112 Interior 109 Locator lighting 106 Low beams 104 Manual headlamp mode 105 Night security illumination 106 Parking lamps 104 Rear foglamp 107 Settings control system 129 Limiting the gear range 142 Limp Home Mode 144 Line of fall 345 Loading 175 Cargo compartment cover 175 Cargo tie down rings 182 Instructions 180 Partition net 178 Roof rack 175 Split rear bench seat 176 Locator lighting 106 Setting 130 Lock button 345 Locking 51 86 Fuel filler flap 224 Global SmartKey 87 Separately the tailgate 90 Vehicle in an emergency 288 Loss of keys 88 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 325 Low beam headlamps Messages in display 276 Replacing bulbs 295 297 LOW RANGE ABS 75 Lowering Vehicle 310 Lubricants Technical data 333 M Main dimensions 332 Maintenance 242 Malfunction Displaying 122 Rear Parking Assist 174 Malfunction memory 122 Calling up 122 Clearing 123 Manual headlamp mode 105 Manual operations Fuel filler flap 290 Interior lighting control 109 Locking the tailgate 90 Locking the vehicle 288 Sliding pop up roof 292 Unlocking the drivers door 287 Unlocking the tailgate 91 287 Unlocking transmission gear selector lever 290 MB Tex up
11. e parking lamps e tail lamps e license plate lamps e front fog lamps The locator lighting switches off when the driver s door is opened It switches off au tomatically after a period of approximately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with the or FSM button to the LIGHTING submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play LOCATOR LIGHTING The selection marker is on the current setting LOCATOR LIGHTING 4 R P54 30 6419 31 gt Press or EJ to select the de sired setting ON OFF The locator lighting will be switched on or off Setting night security illumination Exterior lamps delayed switch off Use the HEADLIGHTS DELAYED SHUT OFF function to set whether and for how long you would like the exterior lamps to illumi nate during darkness after all doors are closed When the delayed shut off feature is activated and the exterior lamp switch is in position RJ the following lamps will remain lit after you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e parking lamps e tail lamps e license plate lamps e front fog lamps You can reactivate this function within ten minutes by opening a door If you do not open a door after remov ing the SmartKey the lamps will auto matically switch off after 60 seconds Move the selection marker with the or ESB button to the LIGHT ING submenu Press button Xj or R repeatedly until you see
12. gt Press lower switch position again i If one or both of the lamps on the seat heater switch are blinking there is in sufficient voltage available as too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heater switches off automati cally The seat heater will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Y Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driv er should check and adjust the seat height seat position fore and aft and seat backrest angle if necessary to en sure adequate control reach and com fort The head restraint should also be adjusted for proper height See also the section on airbags gt page 57 for proper seat positioning In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach opera tion and comfort Both the interior and exterior rear view mirrors should be ad justed for adequate rear vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 The memory button and stored position switch are located on the door You can store up to three different settings per SmartKey The following settings are saved for each stored position e Drivers seat and seat backrest posi tion e Steering wheel position e Drivers side exterior rear v
13. wards the road curb Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and remove it The immobilizer is activated i The SmartKey can only be pulled out when e jit has been turned to position O in the starter switch e the gear selector lever for the auto matic transmission is in position P e you are not depressing the brake pedal gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 41 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate With the SmartKey removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicles exterior lamps are not switched off A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Warning Before closing doors ensure there is no pos sibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing gt After exiting the vehicle press the lock button on the SmartKey gt page 32 The locking knobs on the doors move down Getting started Parking and locking A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning For more information see Locking and un
14. 89 Lighting ccccscssccssesesecseseeseseeseees 104 Opening the tailgate 89 Exterior lamp SWitch eeseee 104 Closing the tailgate oes 90 Combination switch 107 Separately locking the tailgate 90 Hazard warning flasher 108 Separately unlocking the tailgate 91 Interior lighting ceceseeeees 109 Automatic central locking 91 Rear interior lamps 110 Locking and unlocking from Cargo compartment lamps 110 the inside 0 0 eeeeeseseeeeeseeeteneee 92 Instrument cluster eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 112 Instrument cluster illumination 112 Coolant temperature display 112 Trip odometer ec eeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 113 Tachometer 113 Outside temperature indicator 114 Control system eeseeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeees 115 Multifunction display cee 115 Multifunction steering wheel 116 MENUS weevcccsiscccctesseaccsccssseeneesetecs 118 Standard display menu 120 AUDIO MENU eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 120 NAVI MONU ceeeeececeeeseseeeeeeseees 122 Malfunction memory menu 122 Settings MENU ceeeeesereeeeeee 123 Trip Computer MENU cceeeeee 136 TEL MENU iinei 137 Automatic transmission 140 One touch gearshifting 0 141 Gear range Sie suiras 142 Gear selector lever position 142 Accelerator position eseeee 144 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode
15. Automatic locking when driving 91 Automatic transmission 140 Accelerator position 144 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 144 Fluid level 232 Gear ranges 142 Gear selector lever position 140 142 Gear shifting malfunctions 144 Kickdown 144 Manual shifting 141 One touch gearshifting 141 Transmission fluid 232 B BabySmart Airbag deactivation system 68 343 Compatible child seats 68 343 Self test 68 Backup lamps 296 Bulbs 296 Replacing bulbs 302 BAS 74 76 343 Messages in display 261 Batteries SmartKey Changing 288 Check lamp 87 Checking 88 Battery box Fuse boxin 319 Battery discharged Jump starting 313 Battery vehicle 235 311 Charging 311 Disconnecting 312 Messages in display 265 266 Reconnecting 312 Block heater 240 Blocking rear door window operation 71 B pillar 326 Brake assist system BAS 343 Brake fluid 225 335 Brake lamp bulbs left and right 296 Brake lamp high mounted 296 Brake pads Message in display 266 Brakes 208 Warning lamp 254 255 Break in period 206 Brush guard 293 Lowering 294 Raising and securing 294 Bulbs replacing Additional turn signals 295 Backup lamps 296 302 Brake lamps 296 302 Front fog lamps 295 299 Frontlamps 295 Front turn signal lamps 295 300 High and low beam 297 High beam lamps 295 High mounted brake lamp 296 License plate lamps 296 303 Low beam lamps 295 Parking lamps 295 296 297 Rear fog lamp 296 302 Rear turn signal lamps 296 Side marker la
16. Cup holders 248 Engine cleaning 246 Gear selector lever 248 Hard plastic trimitems 248 Headlamps 246 Instrument cluster 248 Leather upholstery 249 Light alloy wheels 248 MB Tex upholstery 249 Ornamental moldings 246 Paintwork 245 Plastic and rubber parts 249 Power washer 245 Seat belts 248 Side markers 246 Steering wheel 248 Taillamps 246 Tar stains 245 Turn signals 246 Vehicle washing 246 Window cleaning 247 Wiper blades 247 Wood trims 249 Vehicle identification number VIN 326 Vehicle jack 284 Vehicle tool kit 283 Vehicle washing 246 VIN Vehicle Identification Number 326 347 Voice control system 347 Ww Warning indicators Rear Parking Assist 174 Warning sounds Drivers seat belts 62 Exterior lighting 105 Parking brake 45 Warranty coverage 325 Washer fluid see Windshield washer fluid Washing the vehicle 245 Wear pattern tires 238 Weights and ratings 332 Wheel change Tightening torque 310 Wheels Rotating 238 Tires and wheels 236 Windows see Side windows Windshield Defogging 160 Replacing wiper blades 304 Washer fluid 234 339 Washer system 339 Windshield washer fluid 339 Message in display 282 Mixing ratio 339 Refilling 234 Wiping with 48 Windshield washer system 339 Windshield wipers 23 47 Fast wiper speed 47 Interval wiping 49 Rear window wiper washer 49 Replacing wiper blades 304 Single wipe 48 Switching on 47 Wiping with windshield washer fluid 48 Winter driving 240 Block heater 240 Sno
17. Gear selector lever position gear range A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Warning When the gear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually One touch gearshifting Even with an automatic transmission you can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in position D Downshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear This action si multaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 142 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control Warning i To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Upshifting gt Bri
18. Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the pe riod of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approx 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair at tempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following oc curs 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the ne
19. Replace the bulb as soon as possible Turn the rear fog lamp off Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution TURN SIG RF The right front turn signal lamp is mal Replace the bulb as soon as possi CHECK LIGHT functioning A backup bulb is being ble BACK UP LIGHT ON used TURN SIG LR The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possi CHECK LIGHT tioning A backup bulb is being used ble BACK UP LIGHT ON TURN SIG RR The right rear turn signal lamp is mal gt Replace the bulb as soon as possi CHECK LIGHT functioning A backup bulb is being ble BACK UP LIGHT ON used VISIT WORKSHOP The display for the lamps or the system Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz DISPLAY MALFUNCTION is malfunctioning Light Truck Center as soon as pos sible TURN STG MIRROR L The left turn signal in the side mirroris Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT malfunctioning This message will only Light Truck Center as soon as pos appear if all light emitting diodes have sible stopped working TURN STG MIRROR L The right turn signal in the side mirroris Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT malfunctioning This message will only Light Truck Center as soon as p
20. Set the length of tie downs and lift GVWR for your vehicle In addition the tensioner to the rings load must be distributed in such a way so i that the weight on each axle never exceeds Insert tie down hooks in rings the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for Pull loose ends of tie downs until the front and rear axle The GVWR and net is tight GAWR for your vehicle are indicated on the certification label which can be found on Af ao hort di ter driving a short distance check the the left door pillar gt page 326 tension of the partition net retighten if necessary The handling characteristics of a fully load ed vehicle depend greatly on the load dis tribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustra tions shown with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Warning A Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible using cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver always use parti tion net when transporting cargo Never ride vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases
21. The battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated ser vice life If you use your vehicle less than approxi mately 200 miles 300 km per month mostly for short distance trips or if it is not used for long periods of time you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently and corrected if necessary When replacing batteries always use bat teries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center about steps you need to observe gt OP o Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clear water and seek medical help if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Operation Battery Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling i If the battery is discharged e you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch e the gear sele
22. USA only CONSTANT HIS setting Set locator lighting 130 P54 30 7462 31 SELECT DISPLAY H Exterior lamps delayed 131 gt Press or to select manual r switch off or daytime running lamp constant SPEED N menoin d laved 132 mode This function is not available in OUTSIDE TEMP amp a ne g y countries where daytime running lamps are mandatory P54 30 7461 31 Press or R to select the dis play permanently shown in the multi function display Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHT ING submenu With daytime running lamp mode se lected and the exterior lamp switch at position 0 the following lamps will come on automatically when the en gine is turned on e Parking lamps and low beam head lamps e License plate lamps gt D gt D Controls in detail Control system i If you turn the exterior lamp switch to another position the corresponding lamp s will switch on For safety reasons resetting the LIGHTING submenu to factory settings gt page 123 will not reset the daytime running lamp mode In the display you will then see the mes sage LIGHTING CANNOT BE TOTALLY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING Setting locator lighting During darkness the following lamps will come on when the exterior lamp switch is in position A the locator lighting fea ture is activated and the vehicle is un locked by SmartKey
23. What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp You are driving with the parking brake set Release the parking brake comes on while driving and you gt page 44 hear a WEmiNg So nice gt Also note the messages in the multi function display gt page 260 The red brake warning lamp There is insufficient brake fluid in the reser Risk of accident Carefully stop the comes on while driving voir vehicle and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem gt Also note the messages in the multi function display gt page 260 Warning A Do not add brake fluid before checking the 7 brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res If you find that the brake fluid in the Diving wiih the breke vering Emp uni ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the nated can result in an accident Have your engine parts andithe brake fiuidicatching DA AINE AT OY Belew ave TR fire You could be seriously burned brake system checked for brake pad brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lap stays on thickness and leaks Problem USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on when the engine is run ning and you hear a warning sound for approximately five sec onds Practical hints
24. cluding the tachometer speedometer engine temperature and fuel gauge Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the transmis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Line of fall The direct line that an object moves downhill when influenced by the force of gravity alone Lock button Button on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the lock button down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and mirror positions for each key Menu The control system displays are ar ranged in menus Each menu contains a number of commands for particular systems In the Audio menu for exam ple you will find the commands Select radio station or Operate CD player Using commands you can directly change the settings for your vehicle Technical terms MON Motor Octane Number The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized meth od It is an indication of a gasoline s ability to resist undesired detonation knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and gt RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Multifunction display A display field in the instrument cluster used to present information pro
25. gt Push switch in the direction of arrow past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid until the switch is re leased For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 234 If anything blocks the windshield wip ers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons withdraw SmartKey from starter switch be fore attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If windshield wipers fail to function at all in switch position l e set the combination switch to the next highest wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Rear window wiper washer i The rear window wiper will also auto The rear window wiper washer switch is matically engage if located on the upper part of the center console e the windshield wipers are engaged e the gear selector lever is placed in R Reverse gt Make sure the ignition is switched on Interval wiping Switching on gt Press upper half Q of the switch Interval wiping on off Indicator lamp Simultaneous operation of wiper and washer The indicator lamp 2 comes on Switching off gt Press upper half Q of the switch again The indicator lamp goes out Getting started Dri
26. knocking The average of both the gt MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the transmission gear selec tor lever from being moved out of position P without key turned and brake pedal depressed SRS Supplemental Restraint System Seat belts emergency tensioning de vice and airbags Though independent systems they are closely interfaced to provide effective occupant protection Tele Aid System Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergency roadside assistance and information Tele Aid is initially ac tivated by completing a subscriber agreement and placing an acquain tance call The Tele Aid system is operational pro vided that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not dam aged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Telematics A combination of the terms telecom munications and informatics Tightening torque Force times lever arm e g a lug wrench with which threaded fasteners such as wheel bolts are tightened Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is ap proved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires Transfer case Speed of rotation torque converter that works
27. others BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing braking distance Apply con tinuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated With the BAS malfunctioning the ABS ESP and 4 ETS are also switched off A The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that af forded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those Warning resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or aqua planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others For more information see Practical hints page 261 4 ETS The 4 ETS improves vehicle s ability to uti lize available traction especially under slippery road conditions The brakes are applied to the spinning wheel and power is allowed to flow to the wheel s with trac tion The 4 ET
28. slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause se rious or fatal injuries The seat back and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an up right position and belts are properly posi tioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 40 Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Warning JX When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock your vehicle The power seats can also be operated with the driver s or front passenger door open Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning VAN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result TM According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in
29. using the reset button gt page 112 Other high priority messages and messag es of less immediate priority regular dis play colours can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset but ton and are then stored in the malfunction message memory gt page 122 Warning VAN All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated ad dressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Warning VAN No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative Systems that have a sig nificant influence on handling performance may not be functioning Contact your nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center j 9 Turning the SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 causes all lamps as well as the multifunction display to come on Make sure they are all in working order before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the multifunction display High priority messages appear on a red back ground Text messages Display symbol ABS BAS Display message ABS SYSTEM VISIT WORKSHO
30. 335 Rims and tires 329 Weights and ratings 332 Windshield and headlamp washer system 334 339 Tele Aid 190 Emergency calls 191 Information 194 Initiating an emergency call manually 193 Messages in display 281 Remote door unlock 197 Roadside Assistance 193 Stolen vehicle tracking services 197 System self check 191 Tele Aid System 190 Upgrade signals 196 Tele Aid System 347 Telematics 347 Telephone Answering a call 138 Dialing a number from the phone book 139 Ending a call 138 Loading phone book 139 Operating 137 Redialing 139 Telephone 26 189 Messages in display 281 Temperature Display mode 127 Grades of tires 341 Setting interior temperature 158 Setting units in display 127 Tires 238 Text messages Multifunction display 261 Tie down rings Cargo compartment 182 Tightening torque 347 Tightening torque Wheel bolts 310 Time Setting display mode 127 Time display mode Setting 127 Tire inflation pressure Checking 237 Tire speed rating 211 347 Tire traction 211 Tires 236 329 Direction of rotation 237 Driving instructions 210 Retreads 236 Rims and tires 329 Service life 237 Temperature 238 Temperature grades 341 Tread depth 240 Wear pattern 238 Winter 240 Tools 283 Tow away alarm 27 83 Arming 83 Disarming 83 Disarming for transport 83 Tow away alarm system Canceling alarm 84 Towing eye front 318 Towing eye rear 318 Towing the vehicle 315 Stranded vehicle 318 Towing the vehicle various pro
31. Assistance ss000008 12 Change of address or ownership 13 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada ccccccccsssseecceesseee 13 Where to find it ccc eeeeeesseceeeesneeees 15 SVMBOMS cerieisa aa ea 16 Operating safety s s s 17 Proper use of the vehicle 17 Problems with your vehicle 18 Reporting safety defects 19 Reporting safety defects 19 Ata glance ooo cece eeeseeeeeneeeeeeees 21 COCKPIT seer e ve 22 Instrument cluster ce eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeees 24 Multifunction steering wheel 26 Center console eeeesececeeeestteeeeeeeee 27 Upper Patt cccccccesssteeeesseseeeees 27 LOWEF part wi ccsdceced ctessecessccussesctedeess 28 Overhead control panel ceeee 29 Door Control panel ccssecceeesssseeeeees 30 Getting started 0 0 0 0 eee 31 Unlocking sieners 32 Unlocking with the SmartKey 32 ACJUSTING siessen 34 SEA lS peen ea AEEA ETE 34 Steering wheel eseeseeeeeseeee 37 MINON Seiser raan aa 38 DrIVIN Eirto ee a 40 Fastening the seat belt 40 Starting the engine essees 43 Switching on headlamps 4 46 Turn signals and high beam 46 Windshield WiperS esseceeeeeees 47 Rear window wiper washer 49 Problems while driving 0 50 Parking and locking 51 Parking brake sses 51 Switching off headlamps
32. Benz approved Wheel Care us ing a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water Follow instructions on container i Only use acid free cleaning materials The acid could lead to corrosion or may damage the clear coat Instrument cluster Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Steering wheel and gear selector lever Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Cup holder Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Hard plastic trim items Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Headliner Clean with soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Use only clear lukewarm water and soap Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g whe
33. LEVEL 0 e ADD 1 0 Qt TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 0 LITER e ADD 1 5 Qts TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 5 LITERS e ADD 2 0 Qts TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 2 0 LITERS Operation Engine compartment i If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BA or Bag button on the multifunction steering wheel gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 231 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 333 and gt page 334 Other display messages If the SmartKey is not turned to position 2 in the starter switch the following message will appear FOR ENGINE OIL LEVEL SWITCH ON IGNITION gt Switch on the ignition If you see the message OBSERVE WAITING PERIOD Operation Engine compartment gt If engine is at normal operating gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained Checking engine oil level with the oil temperature wait five minutes before off Contact your authorized dipstick repeating check procedure Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center When checking the oil level the vehicle gt If engine is not yet at normal operating T must temperature wait 30 minutes before 3 Excess oil must be siphoned or drained be parked on level ground repeating check procedure off It could cause damage to the e be at normal operating temperature If you see the message engine and catalytic con
34. Make sure the jack is posi tioned correctly under the axle housing Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle CD changer The CD changer is located on the left side of the cargo compartment P82 64 2350 31 CD changer For CD changer instructions see sepa rate COMAND operator s manual jack Please also observe the safety guidelines in the Flat tire section gt page 306 when using the jack Practical hints Where will I find Spare wheel gt Open lock for cover ring with key for the spare wheel cover gt Fold tab 3 downwards The spare wheel is located under a cover on the outside of the vehicle s tailgate For information on rim and tire specifica tions see gt page 329 and gt page 330 Removing cover Recess i Cover plate When replacing cover plate make gt Pull cover ring Q slightly outwards in sure catch engages in recess 6 direction of arrows and remove Make sure the lock faces downwards Oc gt Pull cover plate upward towards when mounting cover ring over rin you For safety reasons check regularly that Key i the spare wheel is securely fastened Tab Practical hints Where will I find Removing the spare wheel P40 10 2716 31 Mounting screws Warning A Make sure no one is injured when removing the spare wheel Grip wheel from the
35. Page Reset button for FEM Right turn signal in 24 Speedometer e Resetting trip odometer 113 dicator lamp Tachometer with e Resetting individual or 123 Fuel gauge with Brake warning lamp 44 all settings 125 Fuel reserve warning lamp 24 USA only 254 137 Eg Supplemental Re 60 O Brake warning lamp 44 243 straint System SRS 258 Canada only 254 e Instrument cluster illu 112 indicator lamp ABS indicator lamp 74 mination Seat belt non usage 62 252 E Left turn signal indi 24 warning lamp 258 catorlamp Multifunction display 115 ERA Engine malfunction 256 with indicator lamp Trip odometer 24 Electronic Stability 78 Mamo do meter 24 Program ESP warn 257 ing lamp B case program 145 mode E High beam head 47 ee lamp indicator 108 Gear selector lever position 140 Outside temperature indi 114 cator Clock see COMAND oper 115 ating instructions At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Vv Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Multifunction display in 115 speedometer Operating control sys 116 tem Selecting the submenu or setting the volume E down to decrease up to increase Telephone Press button to take a call to end a call Item Page Menu systems Press but ton for next system for previous system Moving within a menu Press button E48 for next display B for previous display Vv Center console QO O OOOO Q Item Left front se
36. Press button K In the display you see the first number in the redial memory Press button aj or R repeatedly until the desired name appears in the display gt Press button Fag The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Automatic transmission Y Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an au tomatic transmission see the Getting started section gt page 43 Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current op erating and driving conditions If the operating conditions change the au tomatic transmission reacts by adjusting its gear shift program i During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature The automatic transmission selects indi vidual gears automatically dependent upon e the gear selector lever position D with gear ranges 4 3 2 1 gt page 142 e transfer case position HIGH or LOW e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 144 e the vehicle speed The current gear selector lever position and the transfer case position HIGH or LOW appear in the multifunction display o5 of 149 8 Miles B26753 P54 32 2302 31 Transfer case display
37. Rear axle differential lock gt Press switch The yellow engagement indicator lamp 4 comes on first followed by the red function indicator lamp The rear axle differential lock is switched on Front differential lock gt Press switch Q The yellow engagement indicator lamp 4 comes on first followed by the red function indicator lamp The front differential lock is switched on Switching differential locks off There are two different methods to disen gage differential locks You can switch the differential locks off in reverse order e To switch off all differential locks at the same time gt Press switch Q The yellow engagement indicator lamps go out first The red func tion indicator lamps go out when the switching process has been carried out in the differential Controls in detail Differential locks To activate the ESP BAS and ABS systems drive again for three seconds using a con stant driving style All messages in the multifunction display disappear The ESP warning lamp and the ABS warning lamp in the in strument cluster go out i If the function lamps do not go out when the differential locks are disen gaged bring vehicle to a stop and then continue driving Changing the vehicle load can help to disengage locks A Always remember to disengage the differen tial locks when returning to drive on paved roads see A few words abou
38. Wood trims 249 Climate control 156 Adjusting 159 160 Defogging windshield 160 Defrosting 160 Rear window defroster 155 Setting the temperature 158 Clock 25 Closing Glove box 183 Hood 228 Side windows 164 Sliding pop up roof 166 292 Sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 167 Tailgate 90 Windows 164 Windows with SmartKey 165 Closing sliding pop up roof In an emergency 292 Cockpit 22 343 Cockpit management and data system COMAND 343 COMAND 343 COMAND see separate operating instruc tions Combination switch 23 107 108 High beam flasher 47 108 Turn signals 46 Windshield wipers 47 Control and operation of radio transmitters 221 Control system 115 343 AUDIO menu 120 Convenience submenu 133 Display digital speedometer 120 Functions 116 119 Instrument cluster submenu 127 Lighting submenu 129 Malfunction memory menu 122 Menus 118 119 345 Multifunction display 115 Multifunction steering wheel 116 NAVI menu 122 Selecting radio system 121 Settings menu 123 Standard display menu 120 Submenus 117 119 TEL menu 137 Trip computer menu 136 Vehicle submenu 132 Convenience feature 165 Convenience submenu 133 Activating easy entry exit feature 133 Setting key dependency 135 Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror 135 Coolant 232 336 Adding 233 Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity 337 Capacities 333 Checking level 232 Messages in display 268 269 Temperature 223 Temperature display 112 Warning lamp
39. after leaving the water Crossing obstacles If possible use the assistance of a sec ond person outside the vehicle to scout the path you intend to take and check for adequate ground clearance when you cross obstacles with your vehicle The person assisting you outside the vehicle should always be a safe dis tance away from the vehicle and posi tioned so that he or she cannot get hurt in case of any unexpected vehicle movement After off road driving or crossing obsta cles inspect vehicle for any damage especially vehicle undercarriage and suspension components Failure to do so can adversely affect the vehicle s fu ture performance including increased chance of an accident Check the vehicle clearance before crossing obstacles Comply with the warnings gt page 214 and rules for off road driving gt page 214 Select gear range 1 on the automatic transmission gt page 142 Cross obstacles e g tree stumps or big rocks very slowly by aiming one of the front wheels at the center of the ob stacle and repeat same with the rear wheel Special attention is needed when you cross obstacles on a steep incline The vehicle could slide sideways as a result of its possible slanted position which in turn may result in the vehicle tipping or rolling over Ruts A number of off road tracks or other by roads have deep ruts If the vehicle does not have enough ground clear ance e it could be damag
40. at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible af ter driving is resumed A Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning A If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monox ide CO gases may enter vehicle interior re sulting in unconsciousness and death Warning To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind A The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose In dicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice Warning For more information see Winter driving gt page 240 Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passeng
41. button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu Press button EAN or R repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display AFTER START AFTER START A p No0075 mi 1 30 h 4 o 50 Mph 21 4 Mpg Xa Time elapsed since start 2 Average fuel consumption since start Average speed since start Distance driven since start P54 32 2306 31 Fuel consumption since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play AFTER RESET 4 AFTER RESET 2 0750 mi 30 30 h 50 Mph 21 4 Mpg P54 32 2307 31 Time elapsed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last re set 3 Average speed since last reset Distance driven since last reset i All statistics stored since the last en gine start will be reset approximately four hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 with in this time period Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see the reading that you want to reset in the display gt Press and hold the reset button in the
42. case to neutral posi tion N Practical hints Towing the vehicle In case of transfer case damage or for towing vehicle distances exceeding 30 miles 50 km The propeller shafts to the drive axles must be removed In case of front axle damage Raise the front axle when towing The pro peller shaft between the rear axle and the transfer case must be removed In case of rear axle damage When the rear axle is raised the vehicle can only be towed with a wheel lift or a dol ly placed under its front wheels Practical hints Towing the vehicle Front towing eye In the front the towing eye is located on the driver s side under the bumper Towing eye P00 60 2025 31 Rear towing eye In the rear the towing eye is located on the driver s side under the bumper Towing eye Freeing a stranded vehicle Freeing a stranded vehicle on which the wheels are dug into sand or mud should be done with the greatest of care especial ly if the vehicle is heavily loaded Avoid pulling the vehicle jerkily or diago nally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment Never try to free a vehicle that is still cou pled to a trailer If possible a vehicle equipped with trailer hitch receiver should be pulled backward in its own previously made tracks V Fuses Only install fuses that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz and that have the specified amperage rat ing N
43. copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no P00 0 1 2285 3 1 Press time 08 20 03 GSP TIP Printed in Germany
44. function in the submenu Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster gt page 112 for approxi mately three seconds In the display you will see the request to press the reset button again to con firm Press the reset button again All functions of the submenu will reset to factory settings i The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time Approximately five seconds after pressing the reset button for the sec ond time the SETTINGS menu reap pears in the display Controls in detail Control system Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus De tailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Select time display mode Select temperature display mode Select speedometer display mode Select language Select display speed display or outside temperature LIGHTING VEHICLE Set daytime running lamp mode Set station selection mode USA only radio Set locator lighting Set automatic locking Exterior lamps delayed switch off Interior lighting delayed switch off CONVENIENCE Activate easy entry exit feature Set key dependency Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Instrument cluster submenu Access the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER menu via the SETTINGS menu Use
45. ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Pull the parking brake lever up as many notches as possible e Move the selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position 0 and remove e Take the SmartKey and lock vehicle when leaving Operation Driving instructions Set the parking brake whenever park ing or leaving the vehicle In addition move gear selector lever to position P In addition when parking on hills al ways set the parking brake and turn front wheel towards the road curb Tires A If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Warning Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or tire dealer for repairs Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and be come vi
46. instrument cluster gt page 112 until the value is reset to 0 Call up range distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Bed repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play RANGE In the display you will see the calculat ed range based on the current fuel tank level H RANGE 312 Miles D P54 32 2305 31 Controls in detail Control system TEL meny A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 44 feet approximately 13 5 m every sec ond gt D 137 Controls in detail Control system j Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a m
47. is empty gt After refuelling start the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled Problem The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on and remains on while driving Possible cause You engaged the differential locks The ABS ESP BAS EBB and 4 ETS are switched off The ESP is deactivated Risk of accident Adapt your speed and driv ing to the prevailing road conditions The ESP is deactivated because of interrupt ed power supply The ABS may still be opera tional The ESP has to be synchronized The ESP ABS BAS EBB or 4 ETS has detect ed a malfunction All driving systems are switched off Risk of accident Adapt your speed and driv ing to the prevailing road conditions Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt The driving systems will switch on again after the differential locks have been disengaged gt Also note the messages in the multi function display gt page 260 gt Turn the ESP back on gt page 81 If the ESP cannot be turned back on have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible gt Note the messages in the multifunc tion display gt page 260 gt Note the messages in the multifunc tion display gt page 260 Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The red seat belt non usage The warning lamp reminds you to fasten seat
48. of the tire Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure Warning A If the tire pressure drops repeatedly e Check the tires for punctures from for eign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Correct the tire pressure only when tires are cold Regularly check your tire pressure at inter vals of no more than 14 days If the tires are warm you should only cor rect the tire pressure if it is too low for cur rent operating conditions A table on the fuel filler flap lists the spec ified tire inflation pressures for warm and cold tires as well as for various operating conditions Operation Tires and wheels i The pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort Increased inflation pressures listed for heavier loads may also be used for light loads These higher pressures produce favorable handling characteristics The ride of the vehicle however will be somewhat harder Never exceed the max values or inflate tires below the min values listed in the fuel filler flap Tire pressure changes by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Tire temperature and tire pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tir
49. or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Safety and Security Occupant safety Blocking rear door window operation The override switch is located in the driv er s door Override switch Activating override switch gt Slide override switch Q to the right A dot becomes visible The functions in the rear are disabled i Operation of the rear windows with the switches located in the driver s door is still possible Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning VAN Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the win dow opening When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury Deactivating override switch gt Slide override switch to the left The functions in the rear are enabled again For more information on power windows see Power windows gt page 164 Y Panic alarm button P80 35 2110 31 An audible alarm and blinking turn signal lamps will operate for ap
50. page 213 143 5 4 No power is transmitted from Miles 2 Gear range the engine to the drive axle A2675S m HIGH Switching transfer case P54 32 2302 31 Road position The switch is located in the center console Transfer case indicator Gear range indicator L LOW Transfer case indicator in the multi function display shows the gear position of the transfer case Off road position This position is intended for driving off road and step gradi ents The transmission will not up shift automatically to the next higher gear range when driving at the rpm limit P54 25 3024 31 The transfer case supports the engine s driving force approx es speed Output is there fore increased Controls in detail Transfer case Switching from HIGH to LOW Switching from LOW to HIGH Messages in the multifunction display T H If a shift was not completed and the multi The shift procedure can only be per The shift procedure can only be per neon PIY RENS oneorihetolowing formed when formed when Messa68s e The engine is running e The engine is running o TC SHERTECONDITLONS NOT FUCFTLEED e The gear selector lever for the auto e The gear selector lever for the auto me A a ae take sen a matic transmission is in position N matic transmission is in position N ee erro WAS NOES e The vehicle is not at standstill e The vehicle is not at standstill gt Repeat the shiit procedure e The vehicle speed does not exce
51. ride vehicle with the tailgate open row and fold seat bench forward to Warning VAN Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may gether with the seat backrest enter vehicle interior resulting in uncon Failure to assure that seats and seat back sciousness and death rests are locked into place could result in an increased chance of injury in an accident Before folding the seat backrest for ward and the rear seat bench down be sure that all containers in the rear cup holder are removed 177 Controls in detail Loading Partition net MB Accessory Use of the partition net is a particularly im portant safety factor when the vehicle is loaded higher than the top of the seat backrests with smaller objects While the partition net will help protect you from smaller objects it cannot prevent the movement of large heavier objects into the passenger area in an accident Such items must be properly secured using the cargo tie down rings in the cargo compart ment floor 178 The partition net can be installed behind the seat backrests of the rear seat bench or behind the front seats if the rear seat bench is folded down i Installation can be performed by open ing the rear doors Installation behind rear seat bench Q Partition net Mounting gt Fold the rear seat bench forward gt page 176 i This cannot be done by folding the rear seat backrest forward gt Hook partition net in mounti
52. ror Controls in detail Good visibility Headlamp cleaning system The switch is located to the left of the steering column Headlamp washer switch gt Switch on ignition gt Press switch Q The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet Controls in detail Good visibility Sun visors The sun visors protect you from sun glare while driving Warning A Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Sun visor Mounting gt Swing sun visors Q down to protect against sun glare gt If sunlight enters through a side win dow disengage visor Q from inner mounting 2 and pivot it to the side Mirror cover Mirror lamp gt Make sure the ignition is switched on and that the sun visor is engaged in mounting 2 gt Open mirror cover G Mirror lamps switch on Rear window defroster Turn the SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 Activating gt Press button ER in the control panel of the climate control The indicator lamp in the button comes on Deactivating gt Press button ER in the control panel of the climate control The indicator lamp in the button goes out Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster The defroster is automatically turned off after app
53. s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions 1 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning A Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best re straint when the wearer is in an upright po sition and the belt is properly positioned on the body Getting started Warning A Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Warning AS Read and observe the additional warning no tices printed in the Safety and Security section gt page 60 and gt page 62 Latch plate Buckle Release button gt With a smooth motion pull the belt from the belt outlet Place the belt over your shoulder Push latch plate into buckle until it clicks Gett
54. seen in the display SETT INGS TO RESET R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC OS Ales P54 30 7459 31 ment cluster gt page 112 for approxi mately three seconds In the display you will see the request to press the reset button again to con firm Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings Controls in detail Control system i Submenu s in the Settings menu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy The settings you have changed will not gt Press button Eva or A f Scroll down with the button scroll up be reset unless you confirm the action with the button In the display you see the collection of by pressing the reset button a second Pa Move within the submenus with the RA the submenus time Approximately five seconds after or EAN button to the individual functions pressing the reset button for the sec SETTINGS H y ond time the SETTINGS menu reap Ea P button E p EMARE pears in the display Pee CONVENIENCE For safety reasons the following func tions are not reset while driving e the LIGHT CIRCUIT HEADLIGHT MODE Press button J function in the LIGHTING submenu The selection marker moves to the next e the SETTINGS KEY DEPENDENT func submenu tion in the CONVENIENCE submenu P54 30 6416 31 Resetting the functions of a submenu For each submenu you can reset all the functions to the factory settings gt gt Move to a
55. sides Keep hands from beneath the wheel i After changing the wheel secure the replaced wheel on the spare wheel car rier Make sure the wheel cannot come loose Cover the wheel with the cover plate Repair or replace damaged tire as soon as possible and return spare tire as original spare For more information on changing the gt Unscrew mounting screws 1 wheel see Flat tire gt page 306 gt Remove the spare wheel Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Vv Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you are unable to unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey open the driver s door and the tailgate using the mechanical key The passenger door cannot be unlocked manually i Unlocking your vehicle with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following e Press button or on the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch P80 35 2111 31 Mechanical key locking tab Mechanical key gt Move locking tab Q in direction of ar row and slide the mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door gt Unlock the door with the mechanical key To do so push the mechanical key in the lock until it stops and turn it to the left Unlocking the tailgate If you are unable to unlock the tailgate with the SmartKey open the tailgate with the mechanical k
56. slopes with the en gine running and the vehicle in gear Inspect the vehicle for possible damage after each off road trip Operation Driving instructions Checklist before off road driving Engine oil level Check the engine oil level gt page 229 The display ENGINE OIL LEVEL OK must appear in the multi function display Only then can the vehicle obtain a trou ble free oil supply even on steep gradi ents Tires Check the tread depth and maintain specified tire pressure see tire pres sure label inside the fuel filler flap Check tires for possible damage and remove foreign objects Replace missing valve caps Operation Driving instructions Rims Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage the tire beads For this reason check and if necessary change rims before driving off road Vehicle tool kit Check if the vehicle jack is functional In all cases take the vehicle tool kit a strong tow rope a shovel and a small plank to put under the vehicle jack on sandy soil with you Driving in steep terrain Slope angle 27 36 Comply with the warnings gt page 214 and rules for off road driving gt page 214 Driving on embankments slopes and other steep inclines should only be done straight up or downhill i e in the line of gravity Maximum vehicle climb ing ability is a 80 grade Select gear range 2 or 1 on the auto matic transmi
57. started Parking and locking Parking brake Lever Button P42 20 2128 31 gt Pull lever Q up as many notches as possible When the engine is running the warn ing lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster will be illuminated Getting started Parking and locking A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or move the gear selec tor lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se lector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehi cle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Warning Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to EE gt page 46 For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 104 Turning off engine gt Place the gear selector lever in position P i Always set the parking brake in addi tion to shifting to position P On slopes turn the front wheels to
58. the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning The central locking switch is located in the center console Central locking switch Locking Unlocking Locking gt Press central locking switch Q If all the doors and the tailgate are closed the vehicle locks Unlocking gt Press central locking switch The vehicle unlocks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking i You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously centrally locked using the SmartKey it will not unlock using the central locking switch If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e while in the selective remote con trol mode only the door opened from the inside is unlocked e while in the global remote control mode the complete vehicle is un locked when a door is opened from the inside Controls in detail Seats V Seats For more information on seat adjustment see the Getting started section gt page 34 Easy entry exit feature With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards This allows easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver s door is o
59. the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Driving with the last message displayed can result in an accident Have your brake sys tem checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res i g ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Brake pad thickness must be visually checked by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Service book let Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution 0 The EBB has detected a malfunctionand Continue driving with added cau has switched off tion The brake system is still functioning nor Have the system checked at an au mally but without the EBB available thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accident USA only You are driving with the parking brake Release the parking brake Canada only set gt page 44 267 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message COOLANT CHECK LEVEL A Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot Warning engine parts You could be seriously burned Possible cause The coolant level is too low
60. the coolant is overheated Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194 F 90 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately Ye turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out un der pressure Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts The coolant expansion tank is located on the passenger side of the engine compart ment lt P20 30 2154 31 Operation Engine compartment gt Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx imately one half turn to the left to re lease any excess pressure gt Continue turning the cap to the left and remove it gt Check coolant level The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant is level with the mark on the reservoir e for warm coolant is approx 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap until you hear it click a few times For more information on coolant see Coolants gt page 336 Operation Engine compartment Windshield rear window washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system The windshield washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment on the passen ger side It holds approxim
61. the engine starts gt page 33 i You can also use the touch start function Turn the SmartKey to position 3 and release it again immedi ately The engine then starts automati cally gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released For information on turning off the engine see Turning off engine gt page 52 Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position O and repeat starting proce dure gt Remember that extended starting at tempts can drain the battery gt Get a jump start gt page 313 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal function in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center gt P42 20 2128 31 Lever Button Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an accident and or se rious personal injury gt Release the parking brake by lifting lever up slightly pressing button on the lever and moving lever Q down to the stop The warning lamp USA only or OJ Canada only in the instrument clust
62. together with the gt auto matic transmission In the LOW mode off road position the transfer case de creases the output rotational speed of the gt automatic transmission by ap proximately half This results in a corre sponding increase of torque on the drive axles The vehicle then has nearly double the driving force but drives only approxi mately half as fast Technical terms VIN Vehicle Identification Number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the body to uniquely identify each vehicle produced Voice control system Voice control system for car phones portable cell phones and audio sys tems radio CD etc ABS 25 74 343 LOW RANGE mode 75 Malfunction indicator lamp 252 253 Messages in display 261 Warning lamp 252 253 Accelerator position automatic Incase of 50 Air conditioning cooling Air recirculation mode Anti theft alarm system 82 Central locking control system Easy entry exit feature Exterior headlamps 46 Exterior lamps Exterior rear view mirror parking Hazard warning flasher 108 Headlamps 46 High beams 108 Ignition 33 Rear fog lamp 106 Rear window defroster 155 Windshield wipers 47 Adding Coolant 233 Engine oil 231 Additional turn signals 295 Adjusting 34 Air distribution 159 Airvolume 159 Backrest tilt 36 Exterior rear view mirror 38 Head restraint height 36 Head restraint height rearseats 96 Head restraint tilt 36 Instrument cluster il
63. towing Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position 0 Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Use the towing eyes Switch off the ESP gt page 79 tow away alarm gt page 83 and the automatic central locking gt page 133 When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehi cle may be towed with all wheels on the ground only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be em ployed When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the gear selector lever must be in position N and the Smart Key must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h If the vehicle is towed with one axle raised observe instructions regarding flexible drive shaft and propeller shafts the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 1 Otherwise the 4 ETS may become en gaged which may cause loss of towing control Practical hints Towing the vehicle Do not tow start the vehicle Warning A Prior to towing the vehicle with
64. use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to en gine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine op eration Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corro sion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase in the boil over protection Refer to Service Booklet for re placement interval To provide important corrosion protection the solution
65. used to accom modate electrical accessories up to a Never touch the heating element or sides of maximum of 180 W the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal Electrical outlet injury i EEN An electrical outlet is located in the rear 4 p A passenger footwell O Cigarette lighter gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Briefly touch the cover plate to position 1 or 2 The ashtray opens automatically gt Flip up cover and insert electrical plug cigarette lighter type gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 i gt Push in cigarette lighter The electrical outlet can be used to ac commodate electrical consumers e g air pump auxiliary lamps up to a max imum of 180 W The lighter will pop out automatically when hot 188 Telephone D j A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitter
66. vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your au thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating proce dures The Operator s Manual and Service Book let are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Light Truck Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California
67. whenev er the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the au tomatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the se lected interior temperature and the cur rent outside temperature A When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents in the footwell can be very hot or very cold de pending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite on unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Al ways keep sufficient distance between un protected parts of the body and the footwell air vents If necessary change the air flow using the air distribution controls to direct the air away from the footwell air vents gt page 159 Warning Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the ACOFF mode is selected gt page 162 A Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Warning i If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris Setting the temperature Use temper
68. will begin to flash The message EMERGENCY CALL CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunc tion display When the connection is estab lished the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the Controls in detail Useful features multifunction display All information rele vant to the emergency such as the loca tion of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are gener ated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID EMERGENCY CALL ACTIVE ap pears in the multifunction display The Re sponse Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if it has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response cen ter i Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the re sponse center A If the indicator lamp in the SOS
69. 00 2074 31 Oil dipstick Oil filler cap gt Unscrew oil filler cap from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw oil filler cap 2 back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 333 and gt page 334 Transmission fluid level i a y i The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked The transmission has a per manent supply of automatic transmission fluid If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center check the automatic transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e the engine must be cool The coolant level should reach the COLD LEVEL mark in the reservoir Warning A In order to avoid any possibly serious burns Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature display in dicates that
70. 2 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 10 5 1 349 hp 5500 rpm 260 kW 5500 rpm 391 Ib ft 3250 rpm 530 Nm 3250 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2380 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Y Rims and tires Use only tires and rims which have been specifically developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Other tires and rims can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Rims and Tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires radial ply tires Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load ex hibit dimensional variations and differ ent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts This may result in damage to the tires or the vehicle G 500 7 2 x18 H2 1 69 in 43 mm 265 60 R18 110V Technical data Rims and tires Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center A tire inflation pressure table is located on the fuel filler flap of the vehicle The tire pressure should be checked regu larly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturers maintenance recommen
71. 22 31 gt Press or E to set key depen dency to ON or OFF For safety reasons resetting the SET TINGS KEY DEPENDENT submenu to fac tory settings will not reset while driving In the display you will then see the mes sage CONVENIENCE CANNOT BE TO TALLY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror Use the MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING function to select whether the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror should be turned downward during parking maneu vers when reverse gear is engaged For more information see Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 153 Controls in detail Control system Move the selection marker with the or EBM button to the CONVE NIENCE submenu Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING The selection marker is on the current setting MIRROR SETTING H WHEN PARKING P ON ff OFF P54 32 6630 31 Press or E to switch function ON or OFF Controls in detail Control system Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 136 start Fuel consumption statistics 136 since last reset Call up range distance to empty 137 Fuel consumption statistics after start Press
72. 268 Coolant level Checking 225 232 Crossing obstacles 218 Cruise control 169 344 Canceling 170 Driving downhill Driving uphill 170 Fine adjustment 171 Setting current speed Setting speed 171 Cruise control lever 169 Cup holder In rear passenger footwell Cup holders 185 Cleaning 248 In front passenger footwell Next to the armrest 185 Customer Assistance Center CAC 170 170 186 185 343 D Daytime running lamp mode 106 Setting 129 Deactivating Air conditioning cooling 162 Air recirculation mode 161 Alarm 83 Anti theft alarm system 83 Central locking control system Cruise control 170 Defrost 160 ESP 79 Exterior lamps 105 Exterior lamps delayed switch off 131 Hazard warning flasher Headlamps 52 Immobilizer 82 Interior lighting delayed switch off 132 Rear window defroster Tow away alarm 84 Deep water see Standing water 108 155 133 Defogging Windshield Defrosting 160 Delayed switch off Exterior lamps Interior lighting Dialing A number telephone 139 Differential locks 148 344 Switching off 151 Switching on 150 Difficulties While driving see Problems while driv ing With starting 44 Digital speedometer 120 Direction of rotation tires Discharged battery Jump starting 313 Disconnecting Vehicle battery 312 Display Selecting 160 131 132 237 129 Displays Digital speedometer 120 Messages 229 260 Selecting 129 Service indicator 242 Showing malfu
73. 86 Glove box 183 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 186 Storage compartment below armrest 184 Storage compartment in front of armrest 184 24 112 345 Interval wiping 49 Switching off 49 Switching on 49 J Jack 283 284 Jump starting 313 K Key positions in starter switch 33 Key mechanical 287 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp 87 Changing the batteries 288 Checking the batteries 88 Factory setting 87 Global locking 87 Global unlocking 87 Loss of 88 Positions in starter switch 33 Remote controls 86 Restoring to factory setting 87 Selective setting 87 Starting the engine 44 Unlocking with 32 Key dependency memory Settings 135 Keys 86 Kickdown 144 345 Kilometers miles in speedometer 128 Km h or mph in speedometer 128 L Labels identification 326 Lamp bulbs exterior 295 Lamps exterior Front 295 Light sensor 276 Messages in display 274 276 Rear 296 Replacing bulbs for rear 301 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 252 253 Battery SmartKey 87 Brakes 254 255 CHECK ENGINE 256 Engine diagnostics 256 ESP 257 Fuel reserve 258 Instrument cluster 258 Seat belts 258 Service indicator 242 SRS 57 Turn signals 25 Language Multifunction display 128 Setting 128 LATCH child seat anchors 70 Layout of poly V belt drive 327 Leather upholstery Cleaning 249 License plate lamps Messages in display 276 Replacing bulbs 296 303 Light alloy wheels Cleaning 248 Technical data 329 330 Light sensor 276
74. 9 Y Where will I find First aid kit The first aid kit is stored in the storage pocket in the front passenger door Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle tool kit The following is included e Vehicle tool kit The vehicle tool kit is stored under a cover in the rear footwell e Wheel wrench e Vehicle jack Cover Tab gt Fold cover A to the side gt Pull vehicle tool kit out using tab Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle jack The vehicle jack is under the rear bench seat P86 10 2062 31 Cover Tab Vehicle jack gt Fold the rear bench seat forward gt page 177 gt Open cover 1 gt Open tab and remove vehicle Warning VAN The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle under the axle housing To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is sup ported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface
75. A B and C Those grades repre sent the tire s ability to stop on wet pave ment as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and ex cessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of perfor mance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Technical data Consumer information Warning A The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure BabySmar
76. Fasten your seat belt warning lamp illuminates briefly belts after starting the engine The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp The fuel level has gone below the reserve gt Refuel at the next gas station illuminates while driving mark Also note the messages in the multi function display gt page 260 The yellow fuel tank reserve warninglampis The fuel cap is not closed tight gt Check the fuel cap blinking SRS The red SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the near comes on while driving tems The airbags or emergency tensioning est authorized Mercedes Benz Light device ETD could deploy unexpectedly or Truck Center fail to activate in an accident Warning N For your safety we strongly recommend This could result in serious or fatal injury or that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz it might deploy unexpectedly and unneces MMneeventonmnalrinciononthesRsicindis Light Truck Center immediately to have the sarily which could also result in an accident system checked otherwise the SRS may not and or injury to you or to others cated as outlined above the SRS may not be 3 be activated when needed in an accident operational Practical hints What to do if Lamp in center console Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The indicator lamp comes on A BabySmart child seat is installed on the Have the system checked as soon as front pass
77. G 500 G 55 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your de sire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passen gers we ask you to make a small invest ment of time Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to acquaint you with the opera tion of your Mercedes Benz Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction cccccccccccccceeeceesseseees 9 Product information cccccccceeeseeeeee 9 Operator s Manual ccccesseeeeeees 10 Service and warranty information 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance cceeeesseseeeeeeeees 12 Roadside
78. It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels Y Identification labels When ordering spare parts please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers Certification label and Paintwork Num Vehicle Identification Number VIN ber located on the driver s B pillar lower edge of windshield Engine number engraved on engine Information label California version Emission control label Vacuum line routing for emission con trol system Vv Layout of poly V belt drive For dimensions of the poly V belt see technical data gt page 328 G 500 G 55 AMG P13 22 2040 31 Automatic belt tensioner Power steering pump Air conditioning compressor Crankshaft Coolant pump Generator alternator Idler pulley Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive Technical data Engine V Engine Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt G 500 463 249 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 292 hp 5500 rpm 218 kW 5500 rpm 336 lb ft 2800 4000 rpm 456 Nm 2800 4000 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2380 mm G 55 AMG 463 246 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 8
79. LOCK ESP Display message VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY MALFUNCTION ABS NOT AVAILABLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCKED VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY MALFUNCTION ESP NOT AVAILABLE Possible cause The BAS or the BAS display is malfunc tioning You have engaged the differential locks The ESP or the ESP display is malfunc tioning The ESP is temporarily unavailable The self diagnosis has not been completed Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of accident gt The ABS switches on again after the dif ferential locks have been disengaged Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of accident The display will clear itself after driving a short distance at more than approximately 12 mph 20 km h Practical hints What to do if Display Display message Possible cause Possible solution ESP ESP The charging voltage has fallen below gt When the voltage is above this value NOT AVAILABLE 10 volts and the ESP has switched off again the ESP is operational again gt Ifnecessary have the generator alter nator and battery checked The ESP is deactivated because of a mal gt Synch
80. NECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cel lular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished When a voice connection is estab lished the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID INFO CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display Infor mation regarding the operation of your ve hicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or Mercedes Benz USA prod ucts and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only a The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminated in red for approx ten seconds during the sys tem self check after turning SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 to gether with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Pag See system self check gt page 191 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately ten seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is illuminated continuous ly and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cell
81. Only drive with the tailgate closed as other wise exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Warning Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Automatic central locking The doors and the tailgate automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Controls in detail Locking and unlocking i The doors and the tailgate unlock auto matically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset thresh old The vehicle automatically locks when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed e is ona test stand You can deactivate the automatic locking using the control system gt page 133 For information on towing the vehicle see Towing the vehicle gt page 315 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the vehicle from in side using the central locking switches This can be useful for example if you want to unlock the passenger door from the in side or want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or un locked with the central locking switch A When leaving the vehicle always remove
82. P VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY MALFUNCTION BRAKE ASSIST VISIT WORKSHOP Possible cause The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off The ESP BAS EBB and 4 ETS are also deactivated The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the ABS available Wheels will lock during hard braking re ducing steering capability The ABS or the ABS display is malfunc tioning Wheels will lock in hard braking reducing steering capability The BAS has detected a malfunction and switched off The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the BAS available Wheels will lock in hard braking reducing steering capability Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accident Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accident gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accident Practical hints What to do if Display BAS DIFFERENTIAL
83. S function is available between ve hicle speeds of O mph km h and 37 mph 60 km h The ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster gt page 24 comes on when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 It goes out when the engine is running The ESP warning lamp starts to flash at any vehicle speed as soon as the tires lose traction and the wheels begin to spin Warning A When you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster then pro ceed as follows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The 4 ETS cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Safety and Security Driving and safety systems The engine must be shut off when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Otherwise the 4 ETS will engage the brakes and seriously damage the brake system For more information see Practical hints gt page 257 Safety and Security Driving and safety systems EBB The EBB enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion of the braking effort in straight line braking circumstances with out a loss of vehicle stability ESP The Electronic Sta
84. SP control switch is located in the up Even if the ESP has been turned off it is Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an per center console still active in the following situations extended period of time with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i Turn ESP on immediately if the afore mentioned circumstances do not apply anymore ESP on off gt Press upper half of switch e when braking e at vehicle speeds up to approximately 37 mph 60 km h if one wheel reach es the grip limit e g when the street is icy on one side The brake is applied until the wheel re gains sufficient traction If one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster flashes regardless of the speed ESP is deactivated and the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster iJ comes on If the ESP is switched off it will be au tomatically activated when exceeding a vehicle speed of 37 mph 60 km h or exceeding a severity threshold of side acceleration Warning A When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Switching on the ESP gt Press lower half of switch The ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster goes out You are now again in normal drivin
85. STRUMENT CLUSTER submenu Press button Jj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play DISPLAY VALUES IN The selection marker is on the current setting DISPLAY VALUES IN A ie Km N Miles W P54 32 2309 31 Press or FJ to set speedome ter unit to KM or Miles the or FES button to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER submenu Press button Jj or Reg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play TEXT The selection marker is on the current setting TEXT H DEUTSCH E ENGLISH r3 FRANCAIS ITALIANO ESPANOL P54 30 6421 31 display messages Available languages e German e English e French e Italian e Spanish Controls in detail Control system Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play LIGHT CIRCUIT HEADLIGHT MODE The selection marker is on the current Lighting submenu gt Access the LIGHTING submenu via the SET TINGS menu Use the LIGHTING submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on Selecting display speed display or out side temperature gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER submenu your vehicle The following functions are setting gt Press button EAN or eg repeatedly available H until you see this message in the dis Function Page ret ae Bie lay SELECT DISPLAY play SPELER i Set daytime running lamp mode 129 MANUAL H The selection marker is on the current
86. Service System see FSS Setting Clock 25 Convenience functions 133 Cruise control 170 Daytime running lamp mode 129 Higher speed in cruise control 171 Individual vehicle settings 123 Instrument lighting 112 Interior lighting delayed switch off 132 Key dependent memory 135 Lamps and lighting control system 129 Language multifunction display 128 Locator lighting 130 Lower speed in cruise control 171 Miles kilometers in speedometer 128 Night security illumination 131 Parking position for exterior rear view mirrors 135 Slower speed in cruise control 171 Speed in cruise control 171 Speedometer display mode 128 Station selection mode 132 Temperature interior 158 Temperature indicator 127 Time display mode 127 Units Speedometer 128 Temperature 127 Time 127 Setting current speed 170 Settings Convenience functions 133 Factory SmartKey 87 Individual SmartKey 135 Lighting control system 129 Menus and submenus 117 Resetting all control system 123 Resetting inthe submenu 125 Selective 87 Settings menu Functions in 123 Individual vehicle settings 123 Submenus 124 Shift lock 346 Shifting Gear selector lever positions 142 Shifting into optimal Gear range 141 Side marker lamps 296 Replacing bulbs 295 300 Side markers Cleaning 246 Side windows Automatic opening 164 Cleaning 247 Closing 164 165 Closing with SmartKey 165 Opening 164 165 Opening fully 164 Opening with SmartKey 165 Stopping 164 Signal strengt
87. Turn the exterior lamp switch to Bg A If the exterior lamp switch is set to Mg Warning e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright am bient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions Controls in detail Lighting To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position ERR to with the vehicle at a standstill Switching from EGR to will briefly switch off the head lamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an acci dent The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times Controls in detail Lighting i With the daytime running lamp mode activated the low beam headlamps will not be switched off automatically i Front fog lamps and rear fog lamp can not be switched on manually with exte rior lamp switch in position J To activate the fog lamps turn exterior lamp switch to position E Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position EJ or Eazy When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are automatically switched on In low ambient l
88. Vehicle Diagnostics This func tion permits the Mercedes Benz Road side Assistance dispatcher to download malfunction codes and actu al vehicle data i The indicator lamp in the Roadside As sistance button remains illumi nated in red for approx 10 seconds during the system self check after turn ing the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS button and the Information button Ry See system self check gt page 191 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately ten seconds If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center es tablished then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assis tance call e g the relevant cellular phone network was not available The message TELE DIAGNOSIS CALL FAILED appears in the multifunc tion display Roadside Assistance calls can be ter minated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel Information button Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button Ry gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Cen ter will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message INFO CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message INFO CALL CON
89. What to do if Possible cause Suggested solution The EBB has detected a malfunction and has gt Continue driving with added caution switched off You should be prepared for your vehicle to perform differently than normal when braking gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter as soon as possible gt Also note the messages in the multi function display gt page 260 Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accidents Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution ERA The yellow CHECK ENGINE There is a malfunction of gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as malfunction indicator lamp A possible by an authorized comes on while driving SUS ae ed Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center e The ignition system An on board diagnostic connector is used by the service station to link the vehicle to the shop diagnostics sys tem It allows the accurate identifica e The emission control system e Systems which impact emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive tion of system malfunctions through emissions values and may switch the engine the readout of diagnostic trouble to its limp home emergency operation codes It is located near the hood lock mode Serious damage can occur to the release on the upper left of footwell emission system The fuel cap is not closed tightly gt Check the fuel cap Your gas tank
90. a Fuels coolants lubricants etc Before the start of the winter season or regularly checked each time you bring your once a year in hot southern regions you vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz should have the anticorrosion antifreeze Light Truck Center for service concentration checked The coolant is also Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model Approx freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C G 500 6 35 US qt 6 01 7 0 US qt 6 6 I G 55 AMG Windshield rear window washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system The windshield washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment on the front passenger side It holds approximately 5 3 US qt 5 0 I The headlamp cleaning system is also supplied from the wind shield washer reservoir gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S to and water or concentrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on am bient temperatures gt page 339 Warning A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters water
91. ading p P18 00 2073 31 Oil dipstick The oil level is correct when it is between the lower min and upper max mark of the oil dipstick i The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 I gt f necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 231 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 333 and gt page 334 For more information on messages in the display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 271 Operation Engine compartment Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils For a listing of approved engine oils refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet in your vehicle literature port folio In addition check the oil filler cap for important information pertaining to the engine oil needing to meet a specific Mercedes Benz specification e g MB 229 5 If such information is printed on the oil filler cap only use an engine oil from the list of approved engine oils in the Factory Approved Service Prod ucts pamphlet that meets the specifi cation indicated on the oil filler cap Using engine oils of other specification may cause the FSS to incorrectly deter mine the next service interval and will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Engine compartment x P418
92. ading Roof rack This vehicle is not intended to carry items on its roof Thus roof rails and any roof mounted devices must not be used Warning A Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Controls in detail Loading Cargo compartment cover Rolling up the cover gt Grip the cover strap and remove it from the mountings on both sides gt Guide it slowly back into place Q Rear seat bench cover Tailgate cover gt Pull cover out Hook it into the mountings on the rear seat bench gt Pull cover 2 out Hook it into the mountings to the left and right of the tailgate 175 Controls in detail Loading Removing and installing the cover Enlarged cargo compartment Split rear seat bench The rear seat bench can be folded and low ered to increase the cargo compartment The left right or both seat backrests sec tions may folded down according to need Warning A Always lock seat backrest in its upright po sition when rear seat bench is occupied by passengers or cargo is being carried behind the seat bench Lever for seat backrest sections Lever for seat bench sections Removing the cover gt Open latch on right and left side in To hel i rsonal injury from small directi nof arrow o help avoid personal injury from smaller f rae The rear seat bench can be folded and low objects flyi
93. ag from your authorized Mercedes Benz edly and unnecessarily which could also re Passenger front airbag Light Truck Center sult in injury e Given the considerable deployment Driver and passenger airbags are de speed and the textile structure of the ployed airbags there is the possibility of abra e in the event of a frontal impact sions or other injuries resulting from air oo bag deployment e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Safety and Security Occupant safety The airbags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The passenger front airbag will only be de ployed if e the passenger seat is occupied e the indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 68 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the passenger front airbag to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt non usage warning lamp illuminates to remind you and your passengers to fas ten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not
94. ailure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Operator s Manual Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control When driving off road or working the vehicle hard do not overload it And always wear your seat belts at all times In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt VY Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color so you can find information quickly e At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the driver s seat D Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle EEE Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety features of your vehicle Se Controls in detail Her
95. al equipment of your vehi cle Warning VAN Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt This symbol points to instructions for you to follow gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure gt Page This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic gt D This continuation symbol marks an interrupted procedure which will be continued on the next page gt In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to in dicate cross references to term definitions Display Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here V Operating safety Warning A Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are in terconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other sys tems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your vehicle See your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of
96. al locks When a vehicle negotiates a turn wheels on the outside of the curve must travel far ther and rotate faster than the inside wheels The differential the operation of a set of gears that allows the powered wheels in a vehicle to turn at different speeds makes this essential function pos sible The drawback is that the differential also sends most of the engine s power to the wheel with the least load or strain on it For example if one of a vehicle s powered wheels sits on a patch of snow and spins because there is no traction all of the en gine s power will go to that wheel because the power will take the path of least resis tance Meanwhile the opposite wheel sit ting on dry pavement where it could get enough grip to start the vehicle moving sits idle because it receives no power The Electronic Traction System ETS ad dresses this problem and provides for good control and steering ability by auto matically slowing the slipping wheel and thus increasing the power to the other non slipping drive wheels to get the vehicle moving The ESP and ETS in this vehicle feature such intelligent limited slip differ ential technology ideally suited for on road and light off road driving Transfer case position LOW gt page 145 also en hances off road driving capabilities gt page 213 More extreme off road conditions may call for another solution engaging a differen tial lock or preventing the differ
97. alfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the TEL menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the display Which messages will appear in the display field depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off e If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is TEL OFF e If the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the display is empty As soon as the telephone has found a network READY is indicated in the dis play 1 S em TEL H P READY P54 30 6885 31 Signal strength This standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can op erate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a Call at any time In the display you will then see the message TEL H FY i CALL 1 S mni P54 32 2005 31 gt Press button K You have answered the call In the dis play you see the length of the call Ending a call gt Press button By You have ended the call In the display you will again see the standby mes sage Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone i
98. all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock re move SmartKey from starter switch and re insert Always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle Practical hints Towing the vehicle Warning A 0 To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate combination switch for left or right turn signal in usu al manner only the selected turn sig nal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate again With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Adapt your driving accordingly i The gear selector lever will remain locked in position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See notes on the battery gt page 311 or on jump starting gt page 313 Manually unlocking tr
99. ally e after 30 minutes if the outside temper ature is above about 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the outside tempera ture is below about 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if economy mode ACOFF is selected Residual engine heat utilization With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for a short while depending on the temper ature setting of the climate control Air vol ume and distribution are controlled automatically Activating gt Turn the SmartKey in starter switch to position 1 or O or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button Gem The indicator lamp in the button comes on Set the left and right temperature to your personal requirements Controls in detail Climate control Deactivating gt Press button again to switch off The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the SmartKey in starter switch is turned to position 2 e after about 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops Controls in detail Climate control Deactivating the climate control system Deactivating gt Set the air volume control switch to position 0 Reactivating gt Set the air volume control switch to any speed Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator Condensation ma
100. anging a wheel as soon as possible The wheels could come loose if they are not After use disassemble pump handle gt page 308 and store jack in the des ignated storage compartment gt page 284 tightened to a torque of 97 lb ft 130 Nm A table with the tire pressure values for i your vehicle is located on the fuel filler flap gt Ae lt On py gt Check the tire inflation pressure and correct it if necessary P40 10 2720 31 Wheel bolts Practical hints Battery V Battery The battery is located in front of the rear Charging the battery seat bench and below the cup holder Warning A R Do not place metal objects on the battery as Warning VAN Warning A this could result in a short circuit Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injury or death Observe all safety instructions and precau paint damage corrosion or personal injury tions when handling automotive batteries Batteries ae gan a the environment if disposed of improperly gt page 235 A Large 12 volt storage batteries contain Have the battery removed at a Never lean over batteries while connecting lead Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center you might get injured Recycling o
101. ansmission gear selector lever gt page 290 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground note the following With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 the vehicle doors lock if the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approx 9 mph 15 km h or more To prevent the vehicle doors from lock ing deactivate the automatic central locking gt page 133 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the towing eye Never at tach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts Transporting the vehicle When transporting the vehicle you can use the towing eyes for pulling the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter gt Move the gear selector lever to posi tion N gt Shift the transfer case to neutral posi tion N gt To avoid damaging the vehicle it should only be tied down on the wheels wheel rims not on chassis components such as the transverse link or trailing arm Towing the vehicle various problem scenarios nuts on bolts as distance sleeves and tighten using M8 nuts Always install new self locking nuts When removing drive shaft place M10 when reinstalling the drive shaft gt Comply with all towing information gt page 315 In case of engine damage transmission damage or malfunctions in electrical equipment gt Move the gear selector lever to posi tion N gt Shift the transfer
102. ast the resistance point in direction and release The sliding pop up roof opens com pletely Stopping the sliding pop up roof gt Move the switch in any direction i If the movement of the sliding pop up roof is blocked during the closing pro cedure the roof will stop and reopen slightly Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof with the SmartKey The power windows gt page 164 will also be opened or closed when you operate the sliding pop up roof with the SmartKey A Warning Never operate the windows or slid ing pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger the procedure can be immediately halt ed by releasing the button on the SmartKey To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing gt Aim transmitter eye at the driver s door handle 167 Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof Opening Summer opening feature gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to open after approximately one second gt Release transmit button to interrupt procedure Closing Convenience feature gt Press and hold button after lock ing the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately one second gt Release tran
103. at heater switch Switch for rear window wiper washer ESP control switch Differential lock switches Central locking switch Anti theft alarm system in dicator lamp Tow away alarm switch Right front seat heater switch At a glance Center console Item Page Hazard warning flasher 108 switch COMAND system see sep arate operating instruc tions Ashtray with lighter 186 188 Climate control 156 indicator lamp 68 259 At a glance Center console Lower part OO Item Storage tray Gear selector lever for automatic transmission Transfer case switch Parking brake Page 43 140 145 44 51 V Overhead control panel Peace eRReReeeeee eee ee eee eeeeed eenreere Size Rane sensi es EERE LECCE Ls SLELEELETLL LEE E eae PECL eee e Peceeeneene eseceeceeseeeeeeee Bpsssesey eagiecereecesed orat 0003S eeceeeee epeesecenececcees OOOO a oe iia gene poaka SENNEN EEANN Sessa tases cesses P82 00 2169 31 Item Tele Aid emergency call system Cargo compartment lamps Right front reading lamp Sliding pop up roof Interior rear view mirror Page 190 110 109 166 38 OO E At a glance Overhead control panel Item Page Signal transmitter keys for 198 garage door opener Indicator lamp for garage 198 door opener Interior lighting control 109 Left front reading lamp 109 At a glance Door control panel V Door contr
104. ately 5 3 US qt 5 0 I The headlamp cleaning system is also supplied from the windshield washer reservoir a C P20 30 2155 31 gt Use the tab to pull cap Q upwards Check washer solvent level and add washer solvent as required Press cap Q on the filler neck until is has completely engaged Add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S to the water during all seasons At temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concen trate S to prevent smearing If there is a danger of frost use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent anti freeze to prevent water from freezing on the windshield and the reservoir from being damaged Premix the windshield washer fluid in a suitable container adapting the mixing ra tio to the outside temperature gt page 339 Warning A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam mable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts be cause it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer flu id can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps V Battery The battery is located in front of the rear seat bench and below the cup holder Jump starting terminals are located in the left side of the engine compartment gt page 314 Refer to Service Booklet for battery maintenance intervals
105. atic Headlamps High beam flasher 47 108 transmission 140 Automatic control 105 High beam headlamps Global Cleaning 246 Messages in display 275 Locking 87 Cleaning system 153 234 Replacing bulbs 295 297 Unlocking 87 Switching off 52 Switching on 108 Global Positioning System GPS 345 Switching on 46 High mounted brake lamp 296 Glove box 23 183 Washer fluid 339 Hood 227 Closing 183 Washer system 339 Closing 228 Opening 183 Messages in display 273 Good visibility 152 Opening 227 GPS 345 Hydroplaning 210 GVW 344 GVWR 344 l Identification labels 326 Certification label 326 Vehicle identification number VIN 326 Ignition 33 Switching on 44 Immobilizer 82 Activating 82 Deactivating 82 Infant and child restraint systems 66 Installing 69 LATCH child seat anchors 70 Information Button for Tele Aid 194 Inside rear view mirror Antiglare 152 Installing Cargo compartment cover 176 Infant and child restraint systems 69 Wiper blades 305 Instructions Loading 180 Instrument cluster Cleaning 248 Coolant temperature display 112 Illumination 112 Lampsin 258 Multifunction display 115 Outside temperature indicator 114 Selecting language 128 Instrument lighting 112 Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting 109 Activating automatic control 109 Deactivating automatic control 109 Delayed switch off 132 Manual operation 109 Interior rear view mirror Adjusting 38 Interior storage spaces 183 Cup holders 185 1
106. ation NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or 366 0123 in Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline At a glance wy a EN ORN 2 eR Sa j iz ae i At a glance Cockpit Vv Cockpit DOO O 0O Item Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Headlamp cleaning system Cruise control lever Instrument cluster Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operat ing instructions Page 46 47 46 153 169 24 oO Item Starter switch Glove box Multifunction steering wheel Horn Steering wheel adjustment stalk Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Page 33 183 26 116 203 37 203 46 104 38 At a glance Cockpit At a glance Instrument cluster VY Instrument cluster At a glance Instrument cluster Item Page Item Page Item
107. ature controls 2 and 3 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C i When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution Increasing gt Turn the temperature control a few de grees to the right The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature Decreasing gt Turn the temperature control a few de grees to the left The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature Adjusting air distribution and volume Use air distribution control gt page 157 to adjust the air distribution The following symbols are found on the controls Symbol Function B Directs air through the center side and rear passenger com partment air vents ii Directs air to the windows td Directs air into the entire vehi cle interior vel Directs air to the footwells Controls in detail Climate control Adjusting manually gt Press the Wg button The indicator lamp on the button goes out gt Select any of the six air volume speeds and the air distribution Controls in detail Climate control Adjusting automatically Defrosting Air recirculation gt Press the RH button Switch t
108. ave the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two per sons and no luggage Do not exceed ZA of maximum ac celerator pedal position if the vehi cle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel requirements Use only premium unleaded meeting ASTM standard D 439 e The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane num ber and the Motor M octane number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the
109. battery Have the battery checked at a service charger or jump started station The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately and check the Possible causes poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning If it is broken e broken poly V belt gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an in Operative water pump which may re sult in serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center If it is intact gt Turn off unnecessary electric consum ers gt Drive immediately to the nearest au thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center UNDERVOLTAGE The battery has insufficient voltage gt Start the engine ENGINE ON Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution UNDERVOLTAGE The battery has insufficient voltage gt Have the battery checked at a ser SWITCH CONSUMERS OFF vice station Fol The brake pads have reached their gt Have the brake pads replaced as wear limit soon as possible BRAKE FLUID There is insufficient brake fluid in the Risk of accident Stop the vehicle VISIT WORKSHOP reservoir and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem l T Warning A If you find that the brake fluid in the RA ye enn Re brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have
110. be Removing wiper blades Warning A mounted on the driver s side _ gt Fold the wiper arm forward For safety reasons remove SmartKey from For your convenience we recommend starter switch before replacing a wiper that you have this work carried out by blade Otherwise the motor could suddenly an authorized Mercedes Benz Light turn on and cause injury Truck Center H Never open the hood when the wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the P82 30 2189 31 wiper arm back If released the force Safety tab of the impact from the tensioning Wiper blade spring could crack the windshield Wiper arm Do not allow the wiper arms to contact Attachment link the windshield glass without a wiper gt Turn wiper blade at a right angle to blade inserted wiper arm Make certain that the wiper blades are gt Press safety tab of attachment properly installed Improperly installed link down and slide wiper blade wiper blades may cause windshield from the end of wiper arm damage gt Remove wiper blade Installing wiper blades P82 30 2190 31 gt Guide wiper blade so that opening goes through wiper arm 3 gt Press wiper blade 2 into arch of wiper arm 3 until locking spring engages in attachment link gt Fold the wiper arm back to rest on the windshield Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Practical hints Flat tire Y Flat tire Prepari
111. bility Program ESP monitors the vehicle s traction force of ad hesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster gt page 24 flashes when the ESP is engaged The ESP warning lamp comes on when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 It goes out when the engine is running Warning VAN Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the in strument cluster In this case proceed as fol lows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed Warning VAN The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or aqua planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless o
112. blem scenarios 317 Tracking services For stolen vehicle 197 Traction 340 347 Transfer case 145 347 Gear range 145 Messages in the multifunction display 146 Switching 145 Transfer case differential lock Switching on 150 Transmission gear selector lever 290 Unlocking manually 290 Transmission see Automatic transmission Tread depth tires 240 Treadwear 340 Trip computer 136 Trip odometer Resetting 113 Trunk see Cargo compartment Turn signal lamps Replacing bulbs 295 296 Turn signals 23 46 Additional in mirrors 295 Cleaning lenses 246 Front bulbs 295 Indicator lamps 25 Rear bulbs 296 Turning off Engine 52 Units Setting speedometer units 128 Setting temperature units 127 Setting time units 127 Unlocking 32 86 Driver s door in an emergency 287 Fuel filler flap 224 Global 87 In an emergency 287 Selective settings 87 Separately the tailgate 91 Tailgate in an emergency 287 Transmission gear selector lever manually 290 Vehicle in an emergency 197 With the SmartKey 32 Upgrade signals Tele Aid 196 Uphill driving Cruise control 170 Upshifting 141 Useful features 183 Ashtrays 186 Cigarette lighter 188 Electrical outlet 188 Interior storage spaces 183 Tele Aid 190 Telephone 189 Vv Vehicle Individual settings 123 126 Locking 27 Locking in an emergency 288 Lowering 310 Service battery 311 Towing 315 Unlocking 27 Unlocking in an emergency 287 Vehicle battery 311 Vehicle care 244
113. button is il luminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display for approx 10 seconds Warning Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Controls in detail Useful features Initiating an emergency call manually gt Wait for a voice connection to the Re Roadside Assistance button n nter sponse Cente Located below the center armrest cover is gt Close the cover Q after the emergen the Roadside Assistance button Mag ey ealliscqnciided gt Press and hold the button for longer than two seconds Warning A A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside As ra E ee en sistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message TELE DIAGNO SIS CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ve hicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca When the connection is established the tion The Response Center will automatically message TELE DIAGNOSIS contact local emergency officials wit
114. calls us ing the and buttons on the steering wheel Use the control system for performing other telephone functions gt page 137 See separate instruction manual for infor mation on how to operate the telephone A Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Whether or not prohibited by law for safety reasons the driver should not use the cellular telephone while the vehicle is in mo tion Warning Stop the vehicle in a safe location before an swering or placing a call Controls in detail Useful features Tele Aid The initial activation of the Tele Aid sys tem may only be performed by com pleting the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the SOS button Failure to complete either of these steps will result in a system that is not activated If the system is not activated the indicator lamp in the SOS button stays on after turning SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and the message TELE AID EMERG CALL NOT ACTIVATED will be shown in the multifunction display for approx 10 seconds If you have any questions regarding ac tivation please call the Response Cen ter at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance and e In
115. cator Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicator is located next to the tailgate Warning indicator As your vehicle approaches an object one or more segments will come on depending on the distance When the sixth segment lights you have reached the minimum dis tance 174 An intermittent acoustic warning will sound when the first yellow segment comes on This signal quickens with each additional segment lit When all segments illuminate the acoustic warning becomes a constant signal The signal is canceled when the gear selector lever is placed in position D or P Rear Parking Assist malfunction There is a malfunction in the Rear Parking Assist system if e alow warning tone sounds while the vehicle is reversing The Rear Parking Assist sensors are dirty or malfunctioning gt Clean the Rear Parking Assist sys tem sensors gt page 247 gt Switch on the ignition again e no segments come on and no warning sounds The Rear Parking Assist is malfunction ing gt Have the Rear Parking Assist sys tem checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Malfunction may also be caused by inter ference from other radio or ultrasonic sig nals gt Check the Rear Parking Assist opera tion at another location to rule out in terference from outside radio or ultrasonic signals V Lo
116. cedes Benz ap proved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clear water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Due to the width of the vehicle fold in ex terior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the underbody do not for get to clean the inner sides of the wheels Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome plated parts use a chrome clean er Headlamps tail lamps side marker turn signal lenses gt Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the lenses Do not at tempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning the Rear Parking Assist sensors Sensor gt Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water to clean sensor Q To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor Do not at tempt to wipe dirty sens
117. cle is stopped Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed Do not engage N while driving except e to coast when vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads when the ESP is deactivated or malfunction ing e when you have to shift the transfer case Drive The transmission shifts automatically All five forward gears are available Controls in detail Automatic transmission T Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning VAN Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se lector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not in tended to or capable of preventing your ve hicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 51 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Controls in detail Automatic transmission A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter s
118. ctor lever will remain locked in position P For more information see Battery gt page 311 Operation Tires and wheels Y Tires and wheels See your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and pur chase Warning VAN Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for fur ther information If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension compo nents can be damaged e The correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires are no longer guar anteed A Do not mix different tire construction types i e radial bias bias belted on your vehicle because handling may be adversely affected and may result in loss of control Warning A Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Warning When replacing rims use only genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can re sult in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads Mercedes Benz can therefore not a
119. cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support The seat cushion movement and amount of seat backrest cushion height and curva ture can be continuously varied with regu lators on the right side of the seat after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 Controls in detail P91 25 2149 31 Seat cushion length Backrest bottom Backrest center Backrest side bolsters gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lamps in the instrument cluster come on Seat cushion length gt Adjust the seat cushion to the length of your upper leg using switch Q Controls in detail Seats Backrest contour gt Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desired position using switches and Backrest side bolsters gt Adjust the backrest side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch Heated seats Driver s and front passenger seats The switch is located in the center console Normal heating Rapid heating gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lamps in the instrument cluster come on Switching on seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q A red indicator lamp on the switch comes on Switching off seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q again i The seat heater will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Switching on rapid seat h
120. d i To select a CD from the magazine press a number on the COMAND sys tem key pad located in the center dash board Controls in detail Control system NAVI menu Malfunction memory menu The NAVI menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message NAVI in the display e Ifthe navigation system is off the mes sage NAVI OFF is shown in the display e Ifthe navigation system is on the mes sage NAVI ACTIVE is shown in the dis play Please refer to the COMAND manual for in structions on how to activate the route guidance system Use the malfunction memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the system The informa tion shown in the display depends on whether malfunctions have actually oc curred A Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or drivers responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center to address the malfunc tion and warning messages gt page 260 Warning gt Press button or rep
121. d Light Truck Center as soon as possible USA only The engine oil level is too low gt Add engine oil gt page 231 and check DD 1 0 Qt ENGINE OIL the engine oil level gt page 229 HEN NEXT REFUELING DD 1 0 LITER ENG OIL A W Canada only A WHEN NEXT REFUELING When the ADD 1 0 QT ENG OIL WHEN Visually check for oil leaks If no obvious oil NEXT REFUELLING Canada 1 0 LITER leaks are noted drive to the nearest ser The engine oil level warnings should message appears while the engine is run vice station where the engine oil should be not be ignored Extended driving with ning and at operating temperature the en topped to the required level with an ap the symbol displayed could result in se gine oil level has dropped to approximately proved oil rious engine damage that is not cov the minimum level ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited When this occurs the warning will first Warranty come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution You have added too much engine oil gt Have oil siphoned or drained off Ob There is a risk of damaging the engine or serve all legal requirements with re the catalytic converter spect to its disposal There is no oil in the engine Thereisa Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as danger of engine damage soon as possible gt Turn off
122. d restraint so that the head re straint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an ac cident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Head restraint height P54 25 2907 31 Manually adjust the height of the head re straint gt Push or pull on the head restraint Removing and installing rear seat head restraints Warning A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the head re straint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an ac cident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Do not interchange head restraints from front and rear seat Removing rear seat head restraints P54 25 2907 31 gt Pull out head restraint with both hands i The head restraint s should be stored in a secure place Installing rear seat head restraints gt Insert the head restraint and push it down to the stop Ensure proper head restraint positioning gt page 36 Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air
123. d to sub tract these days from the days shown in the service indicator Do not confuse the service indicator with the engine oil level indicator BE Resetting the service indicator In the event that the service on your vehi cle is not carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center you can reset the service indicator yourself Switch ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 115 gt Press button R or Ea on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS indicator appears in the multifunction display gt Press the reset button gt page 25 for about three seconds This message appears in the tachome ter SERVICE INTERVAL RESET WITH R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC gt Toconfirm press reset button until you hear a signal The service indicator now displays the reset interval Operation Maintenance i If the service indicator was inadvertent ly reset have a Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center correct it Only reset if the proper service has been performed Resetting the system without performing proper service as called for by the FSS will cause the FSS to incorrectly determine the next ser vice interval which will result in engine damage not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Vehicle care Y Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Warning VAN Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisono
124. dation includ ed with vehicle G 55 AMG 91 Jx 18 EH2 1 97 in 50 mm 285 55 R18 113V Technical data Rims and tires Spare wheels G 500 7 2 x18 H2 1 69 in 43 mm 265 60 R18 110V V Electrical system G 500 14V 150A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 90 Ah Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 0 039 in 1 0 mm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm Technical data Electrical system Technical data Main dimensions vehicle weights and ratings V Main dimensions vehicle weights and ratings Main dimensions G 500 Overall vehicle length 185 6 in 4715 mm inc spare wheel Overall vehicle width 71 3 in 1811 mm Overall vehicle height 77 8 in 1977 mm Wheel base 112 2 in 2850 mm Ground clearance 8 3 in 211 mm Turning radius 523 6 in 13 3 m Track front and rear 59 6 in 1515 mm Vehicle weights and ratings G 500 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 6615 Ibs 3000 kg Gross Axle Weight Rating front 3110 Ibs 1410 kg Gross Axle Weight Rating rear 3965 Ibs 1800 kg G 55 AMG 185 6 in 4715 mm 73 4 in 1864 mm 77 8 in 1977 mm 112 2 in 2850 mm 8 3 in 211 mm 523 6 in 13 3 m 59 1 in 1501 mm G55 AMG 6615 Ibs 3000 kg 3110 Ibs 14 10 kg 3965 Ibs 1800 kg 1 GVWR is the maximum permissible vehicle weight Gross Vehicle Weight GVW comprises weight of vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers cargo and trailer tongue It mus
125. ding the roof open the screen will also retract Warning A When closing the sliding pop up roof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing procedure of the sliding pop up roof can be immediately halted by releasing the switch When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the sliding pop up roof Do not open the sliding pop up roof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 292 i You can also open or close the sliding pop up roof using the SmartKey summer opening conve nience feature gt page 167 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof gt To open close raise or lower the slid ing pop up roof move the switch to the resistance point in the required direction to Release the switch when the roof has reached the required position Fully opening Express open gt To open the sliding pop up roof move the switch p
126. dlamp mode dashboard to the left of the steering wheel Parking lamps also side marker i If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is regis tered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center lamps tail lamps license plate lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When engine is run ning the low beam is additionally switched on AN U Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps combination switch pushed forward ps 25 2909 31 Standing lamps right turn left one stop ma Standing lamps left turn left two stops i If you remove the SmartKey and open the driver s door while the parking lamps or low beam headlamps are switched on e awarning sounds E appears in the multifunction display e the message TURN OFF LIGHTS ap pears in the multifunction display i With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running the low beam headlamps cannot be switched off manually Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch see gt page 104 Automatic headlamp mode The parking lamps low beam headlamps and license plate lamps switch on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt
127. e airbag Oc cupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously in jured by an airbag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper opera tion of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the airbag cover on the steering wheel must be at least ten inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please see your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front airbag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e Always sit upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size infant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except ina Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deacti vate the passenger fro
128. e door unlock Stolen vehicle tracking services In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police and the reserve key is not handy i The police will issue a numbered inci gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response The remote door unlock feature is avail dent report Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA able if the relevant cellular phone net or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada work is available Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along You will be asked to provide your pass The SOS button will flash and the mes qinvoliepasswordiscurdieyen wien one wrtich 20 proved when you Sage EMERGENCY CALL you subscribed to the service completed the subscriber agreement CALL CONNECTED will appear in the mul gt Then return to your vehicle and press tifunction display to indicate receipt of The Response Center will then attempt the tailgate lock for minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multi function display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Re sponse Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the ve hicle occupan
129. e from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or the respiratory sys tem In case it does immediately flush af fected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position gt Make sure you stored a parking posi tion for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 103 gt Make sure the MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING function found under the CON VENTENCE submenu in the control sys tem is switched to ON gt page 135 Switch on ignition Press button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Place the gear selector lever in reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button The exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you put the gear se lector lever out of position R e immediately once you exceed a vehicle speed of approx 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button 4 for driver s side exterior rear view mir
130. e load A Follow recommended inflation pressures Warning Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overload the tires by exceeding the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR as in dicated on the certification label on the driv er s door pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Check the spare tire periodically for condi tion and inflation Spare tire will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Rotating wheels A Rotate front and rear wheels only if there are of the same size Warning The wheels can be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or soon er if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same direction of tire rota tion must be retained Rotate the wheels before the characteris tic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front wheels and tread center wear on rear wheels Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels after each rotation Check and en sure proper tire inflation pressure Operation Tires and
131. e you will find detailed information about the equipment installed on your ve hicle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you eEeEE _ E gt E gt E gt E L_ gt gt E __ Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle SSS Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter Introduction Where to find it EEe See Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section C Indexes The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are de signed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operator s Manual e the Service Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Introduction Symbols Y Symbols The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard equipment varies between models the descriptions and illustrations in this manual may differ slightly from the actu
132. easing 44 Parking lamp front Replacing bulbs 297 Parking lamps Replacing bulbs 295 296 Switchingon 104 Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors 103 135 153 Parktronic see Rear Parking Assist Partition net 178 Installing behind front seats 179 Installing behind rear seat bench 178 Removing 180 Parts see Spare parts service Passenger compartment 213 Fuse boxin 319 Interior lighting 109 Interior rear view mirror 38 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 186 Passenger footwell Fuse boxin 320 Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals 207 Phone book Loading 139 Quick search 139 Phone number Dialing 139 Redialing 139 Plastic and rubber parts Cleaning 249 Poly V belt drive 346 Layout 327 Positions Memory function Recalling from memory 102 Storing into memory 102 Power assistance 208 Power seat Adjusting backrest tilt 36 Adjusting head restraint height 36 Adjusting head restraint tilt 36 Adjusting seat cushion tilt 36 Adjusting seat height 36 Seat fore and aft adjustment 35 Power train 346 Power windows 164 Blocking of rear door window operation 71 Convenience feature 165 Side windows 164 Summer opening feature 165 Power washer 245 Practical hints First aid kit 283 Fuses 319 Lamp in center console 259 Lamps in instrument cluster 252 Messages in the display 260 Spare wheel 285 Towing the vehicle 315 Vehicle jack 284 Vehicle tool kit 283 Premium unleaded gasoline 335 Problems While driving 50 Produc
133. eatedly until you see the malfunction message memory in the display No malfunction messages If no malfunctions have occurred the mes sage in the display is NO MALFUNCTION Malfunctions have occurred If malfunctions have occurred you will see the number of malfunctions in the display H QX 3 MALFUNCTIONS M oza P54 32 2304 31 Number of malfunctions gt Press button RA or Bag The stored messages will now be dis played in order See the Practical hints section for malfunction and warning messages gt page 260 Controls in detail Control system Should any malfunctions occur while driv ing the number of malfunctions will reap pear in the display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch Settings menu Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub In the SETTINGS menu there are two menus to the factory settings functions gt Press the reset button in the instru bi The message memory will be cleared when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 You will then only see Priority 1 malfunc tions gt page 260 The function RESET R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC with which you can reset all the settings to those set at the factory A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle Press button or repeatedly until the SETTINGS menu is
134. eather conditions ABS Warning VAN Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of ABS and significantly reduces braking effec tiveness The ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions as long as the differential locks are not engaged At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experi encing the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle On slippery road surfaces the ABS will re spond even with light brake pressure The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster gt page 24 comes on when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulati
135. eating gt Press lower switch position Both red indicator lamps on the switch come on i The system switches over to normal heating mode after approximately five minutes Only one indicator lamp re mains lit Switching off rapid seat heating gt Press lower switch position again i If one or both of the lamps on the seat heater switch are blinking there is in sufficient voltage available as too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heater switches off automati cally The seat heater will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Rear seats The switch is located on the B center pil lar Normal heating Rapid heating gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lamps in the instrument cluster come on Controls in detail Seats Switching on seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q A red indicator lamp on the switch comes on Switching off seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q again i The seat heater will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Switching on rapid seat heating gt Press lower switch position Both red indicator lamps on the switch come on i The system switches over to normal heating mode after approximately five minutes Only one indicator lamp re mains lit Controls in detail Seats Switching off rapid seat heating
136. eavy or fragile objects or ob jects having sharp edges in the parcel net In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants When large objects are stored in the parcel net do not slide the seat fully forward it could damage them Ashtrays Center console ashtray Ashtray Cigarette lighter Cover plate Opening ashtray gt Briefly push the cover plate 3 The ashtray opens automatically Removing the ashtray insert Warning A Remove ashtray only with vehicle standing still Turn off the engine and set the parking brake Otherwise the vehicle might move as a result of unintended contact with the gear selector lever Sliding knob Astray insert Controls in detail Useful features gt Press sliding knob to the right Opening ashtray The insert will protrude a short dis gt Pull at top of cover 4 tance Removing the ashtray insert gt Push down on catch gt Pull out the ashtray insert gt Remove insert in direction of arrow Reinstalling the ashtray insert gt Press the insert into the frame until it snaps into place Reinstalling the ashtray insert gt Position the insert and close the cover Catch Ashtray insert 187 Controls in detail Useful features Cigarette lighter Electrical outlet Warning A The lighter socket can be
137. ecise and brief cyclical blocking of the front wheels permitting them to dig into loose ground Remember that when stopped the front wheels slide across a surface and thus lose their ability to steer the vehi cle Operation Driving instructions Driving through water 19 in 48 cm Before driving through water deter mine its depth It should not be deeper than approxi mately 19 in 48 cm Make sure you check the water bed The ground surface may not be firm which may result in deeper waters than expected when driving the vehicle through it 217 Operation Driving instructions e Comply with the warnings gt page 214 and rules for off road driving gt page 214 e Switch off the exterior lamps as well as the climate control e Select gear range 2 or 1 on the auto matic transmission gt page 142 e Enter the water only at a shallow spot driving at walking speed Never accelerate before driving into the water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equipment thus damaging them e Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the engine There is a very high level of driving re sistance in water The surface is slip pery and may not be firm making pulling away in water difficult and dan gerous Clean mud off the tire tread after driv ing through water To dry the brakes apply pressure to the brake pedal several times
138. ed Your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so La ow P72 10 2452 31 Q Locking knob Inside door handle gt Pull on door handle If the door was locked locking knob Q moves up i If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside with the SmartKey opening a door from the in side will trigger the alarm To cancel the alarm do one the follow ing e Press the or button on the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Opening the tailgate A The tailgate swings open to one side Always make sure there is sufficient clearance for the tailgate Warning Only drive with the tailgate closed as other wise exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the tailgate from the outside Handle Lock cylinder gt Press lock cylinder 2 and pull on tail gate handle Q gt Open the tailgate to the side i The vehicle must be unlocked Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the tailgate from inside Locking knob Inside door handle gt Pull on door handle If door was locked the locking knob moves up Warning A Do not leave children unattended in the ve h
139. ed e the underside of the vehicle may come down on a surface and re main stuck After off road driving or crossing obsta cles inspect vehicle for any damage especially vehicle undercarriage and suspension components Failure to do so can adversely affect the vehicle s fu ture performance including increased chance of an accident Operation Driving instructions Check the vehicle clearance before driving in ruts Comply with the warnings gt page 214 and rules for off road driving gt page 214 Select gear range 1 on the automatic transmission gt page 142 Drive slowly next to the ruts rather than through them if at all possible Operation Driving instructions Returning from off road driving Off road driving increases strain on the ve e hicle Remove excessive dirt from tires wheels wheel housings and under Warning A Never drive on pavement with activated dif ferential locks Engaged front axle differen tial locks limits ability to move around curves If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the roadway Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage If the vehicle or tires ap pear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz L
140. ed e The vehicle speed does not exceed INCNEUIRE 25 mph 40 km h 40 mph 70 km h The shift did not take place The trans fer case is in neutral The gear gt Press upper half LOW of the trans Press lower half HIGH of the trans position N is displayed in the transfer fer case switch fer case switch case indicator Once the shift is complete gear Once the shift is complete gear gt Repeat the shift procedure position L is displayed in the transfer position H is displayed in the transfer case indicator case indicator Warning VAN 0 If TC is in neutral transmission position P If the shift procedure does not take If the shift procedure does not take will not hold vehicle The parking brake must place press upper half LOW of the place press lower half HIGH of the be applied to hold vehicle in place transfer case switch again transfer case switch again gt Put gear selector in D gt Put gear selector in D TC SHIFT CANCELLED The shift did not take place Repeat the shift procedure TRANSFER CASE VISIT WORKSHOP There may be a malfunction in the sys tem Repeat the shift procedure If the shift procedure still does not take place have the vehicle checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Transfer case i If the SmartKey is in starter switch position O or 1 an alarm will sound if the transfer case is
141. ed for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calender days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Service Booklet describes all the nec essary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Cus tomer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year Roadside Assistance will be provided in ac cordance with standard program guide lines which include providing service to the vehicle up to a reasonable distance from a paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation howev er the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authori
142. ed to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads i The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a higher speed i Setting to last stored speed gt Lift the cruise control lever to When you use the cruise control lever Resume function position and hold it up until the de to decelerate the transmission will au sired speed is reached tomatically downshift if the engine s Warning VAN gt Release the cruise control lever braking power does not brake thevehi 7 cle sufficiently The speed stored in memory should only be The new speed is set set again if prevailing road conditions per o Fine adjustment in 1 mph mit Possible acceleration or deceleration i Canada 1 km h increments differences arising from returning to preset Depressing the accelerator pedal does speed could endanger yourself and others not deactivate the cruise control After Faster brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last gt Briefly tip the cruise control leverinthe Briefly push the cruise control lever to speed set direction of arrow position Cruise control will resume the last set Slower speed Setting a lower speed gt Briefly tip the cruise controlleverinthe p Remove your foot from the accelerator gt Depress the cruise control lever to sae direction of arr
143. edes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Merceds Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Vv Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center will exchange or repair any defec tive parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the follow ing warranties e New vehicle limited warranty e Emission system warranty e Emission performance warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont emission control systems warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Spare Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center arrange for a replacement
144. eeds will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period fi Do not use any special lubricant addi tives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz will restrict your warranty entitlement More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Checking engine oil level with the control system When checking the oil level the vehicle must e be parked on level ground e be at normal operating temperature e have been stationary for at least five minutes with the engine turned off To check the engine oil level via the multifunction display do the following gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 The standard display gt page 115 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button R or B on the steering wheel until the following message is seen in the multifunction display MEASURE CORRECT ONLY IF VEH LEVEL After about three seconds this message is displayed ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASURING NOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL 4H MEASURING NOW MEASURE CORRECT ff ONLY IF UEH LEVEL P54 32 2310 31 One of the following messages will subsequently appear in the indicator e ENGINE OIL
145. efly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simulta neously extends the gear range of the transmission Controls in detail Automatic transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal accelera tion and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear ranges Effect Gear selector lever position With the gear selector lever in position D 4 The transmission shifts Effect you can limit the transmission s gear range through fourth gear only by pressing the gear selector lever to the The transmission shifts Be Park position left D and reverse the gear range limit through third gear only Gear selector lever position by pressing the gear selector lever to the E ouean when the vehicle is parked Place right D use the braking effect of the gear selector lever in position P The selected gear range will appear in the engine only when vehicle is st
146. ehicle is factory equipped with V rated tires which have a speed rating of 149 mph 240 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h i For information on tire speed rating for winter tires see Winter tires gt page 240 Operation Driving instructions Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by cor rective steering action i For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 241 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Do not engage the transfer case in position LOW when driving on ice or packed snow At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h vehicle steering is adversely affected by the LOW RANGE ABS gt page 75 Road salts and chemicals can adversely af fect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling
147. enger seat Therefore the passen possible by an authorized ger front airbag is switched off Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center The system is malfunctioning when there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the front passenger seat The indicator lamp does not The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between come on with a BabySmart seat cushion and child seat and check child seat properly installed on installation of the child seat the front passenger seat gt If the light remains out have the sys tem checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front pas senger seat until the system has been repaired 1 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Practical hints What to do if Messages in the multifunction display The control system shows warning and malfunction messages in the multifunction display Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the malfunction memory menu in the control system gt page 122 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the mul tifunction display in red colour Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display
148. ential from operating altogether As part of its stan dard equipment this vehicle comes with three differential locks front transfer case center and rear Each can be engaged simply by pushing dashboard mounted buttons in sequential order center rear front gt page 150 When the transfer case center differential is locked half of the engine s power is automatically distrib uted to the front wheels and half to the Controls in detail Differential locks rear wheels When the rear differential is locked power going to the rear wheels is equally distributed so that both rear wheels turn at the same speed and torque When the front differential is locked all four wheels now turn with equal power and torque Please be aware that engaging the differential locks will significantly reduce the steering ability of the vehicle For your safety and the safety of others and to prevent damage to the vehicle the differential locks must not be engaged when driving on paved roads It is impor tant to understand that during on road paved driving differentials are absolutely necessary for providing the es sential control and steering ability of the vehicle The differential locks therefore must not be engaged when driving on paved roads and should only be used to the extent necessary to negotiate off road conditions which cannot be handled by the systems automatic 4 ETS the ESP manu al switch position LOW of tran
149. enz Light Truck Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Y Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A Wait until the vehicle is stationary before re moving the SmartKey from the starter switch The vehicle cannot be steered when the SmartKey is removed Warning A With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning VAN Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Pull the parking brake lever up as many notches as possible e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position O and remove e Take the SmartKey and lock vehicle when leaving Getting
150. er compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Passenger compartment A Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The rear cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects Always use partition net when transporting cargo Partition net cannot secure hard or heavy objects Al ways fasten items being carried as securely as possible using the cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment floor and fastening material Operation Driving instructions Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident This vehicle is not intended to carry items on its roof Thus roof rails and roof mounted ski or bike hold ers must not be used Off road driving Warning A Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Operation Driving instructions Special driving fea
151. er goes out Driving gt Depress the brake pedal gt Move gear selector lever to position D or R Warning A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector le ver out of P or N if the engine speed is high er than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accel erate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal In order to avoid damaging the trans mission e wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehi cle in motion e place the gear selector lever in position R only when the vehicle is stopped Release the brake pedal Carefully depress the accelerator Once the vehicle is in motion the auto matic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down If you hear a warning signal when driv ing off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake Getting started Driving After a cold start the automatic transmis sion shifts at a higher revolution This al lows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running aa cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine i You can open the doors from inside at any time Open doors only whe
152. es not come on at all comes on after the engine was started or while driving For safety reasons we strongly recom mend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center imme diately to have the system checked For more information see Practical hints gt page 258 Warning VAN In the event that the E indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnec essarily which could also result in injury Improper work on the restraint systems in cluding incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be per formed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter Warning VAN Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury in certain frontal front airbags im pacts which may cause significant injuries However no system available today can to tally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activatio
153. etc approx 12 7 US qt 12 0 I MB Anticorrosion Antifreeze approx 7 9 US qt 7 5 I R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing point or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 339 Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines Therefore use only engine oils recommended by Mercedes Benz Information on approved engine oils is available in the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet or at your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Always check the oil filler cap gt page 232 for important informa tion pertaining to the engine oil need ing to meet a specific Mercedes Benz specification e g MB 229 5 If such information is printed on the oil filler cap only use an engine oil from the list of approved engine oils in the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet that meets the specification indicated on the oil filler cap Using engine oils of other specification may cause the FSS to incorrectly deter mine the next service interval and will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow the FSS and Service Bookle
154. etely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner 1 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp i For more information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether an chorages see Installation of infant and child restraint system gt page 69 For information on LATCH type child seat anchors see gt page 70 Warning VAN Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territo ries and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt or if so equipped a child restraint lower anchorage system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint man ufacturer of compliance with this stan dard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruc tion manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints Warni
155. ever attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center The fuse box is located on the left side of the cockpit in the passenger compart ment It contains e a fuse chart e spare fuses e aspecial spare extractor Additional fuses are located in e battery box e front passenger footwell under the cockpit e middle tunnel Fuse box in passenger compartment Opening Cover gt Open the driver s door gt Remove cover Q in direction of ar rows Practical hints Fuses Fuse box in battery box The battery box is located under the cover in the rear footwell Replacement of fuses can only be per formed by a Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Practical hints Fuses Fuse box in front passenger footwell We recommend having the fuses changed at a Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Opening Mounting screw Cover gt Unscrew mounting screws Q gt Remove cover 2 in direction of ar rows Mounting screw Cover gt Unscrew mounting screws G gt Remove cover 4 in direction of arrows Fuse box Mounting screw To make changing the fuses easier fuse box can be folded down slightly gt Unscrew mounting screws gt Fold fuse box 6 downward Practical hints Fuses Fuse box in middle tunnel gt Remove both front end stops Q of the Openi
156. ey as follows P72 12 2413 31 Unlocking in an emergency Lock cylinder Handle gt Insert the mechanical key into the tail gate lock gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position Q and hold it in this position gt D Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency gt D Press lock cylinder and pull on tail gate handle gt Open the tailgate to the side Locking the vehicle Changing batteries in the SmartKey If you are unable to lock the vehicle with If the batteries in the SmartKey are dis the SmartKey lock it with the mechanical key as follows charged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to i 1 i Warning A gt Close the passenger doors and the tail have the batteries replaced at an autho ate rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center The tailgate swings open to one side Always gare make sure there is sufficient clearance for gt Press the central locking switch in the Warning A tailgate cockpit gt page 92 gt Check to see whether the locking Keep the batteries out of reach of children nabs on the passenger doors are still If a battery is swallowed seek medical help Unlocking your vehicle with the me visible If necessary push them down inmnedieiciy chanical key will trigger the anti theft manually AR eta Wy caller the alarm do Slide the mechanical key out of the Batteries contain materials that can
157. f batteries is the preferred Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not ee P method of disposal Many states require allow chs ikici to corne iin coniate wiin eyss sellers of ne to Ane old ae he he a BAE bial i skin or clothing In case it does immediately i an authorize ercedes Benz Light for recycling Truck Center flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Refer to Service Booklet for mainte nance intervals or contact your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for further information A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc If you charge the battery yourself make sure to comply with the operating instruc tions for your battery charger Practical hints Battery Disconnecting the battery i i With a disconnected battery The following procedures must be car l ak l e you will no longer be able to turn le out following a interruption of ever loosen or etac attery termi the SmartKey in the starter switch attery power e g due to reconnec nal clamps while the engine is running tion isi i e the gear selector lever will remain a 2 n in the a A ies eo e Set the clock see COMAND opera t erwise the alternator and other tor s manual electronic components could be se i verely damaged Reconnecting the battery e Resynchronize the front
158. f the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle Observe the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only use 12 volt battery to jump start your vehicle Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the ve hicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim ited Warranty e Use only jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or oth er parts that move when an engine is started or running Practical hints Jump starting Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at tempts Do not attempt to start the engine us ing a battery quick charge unit If engine does not run after several un successful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery Do not tow start the vehicle Practical hints Jum
159. f the steering wheel The stalk with the heated steering wheel switch is on the lower left hand side of the steering wheel Switching on Switching off Indicator lamp Switching on gt Switch on the ignition All lamps in the instrument cluster come on gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direc tion of arrow Q The steering wheel is heated Indicator lamp G comes on Switching off gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direc tion of arrow The steering wheel heater is turned off Indicator lamp goes out i The steering wheel heater does not turn off automatically Controls in detail Useful features Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Battery Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de tailed information on operating maintain ing and caring for your vehicle Y The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satis fied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive en gine speeds no more than 2 of maxi mum rpm in each gear
160. fastened before the engine is start ed the seat belt non usage warning lamp illuminates and a warning chime sounds for approximately six sec onds when the engine is started The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the ve hicle is in motion For more information see Fastening the seat belt gt page 40 For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 65 Warning A Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearin
161. formation The Tele Aid system is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cel lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel To raise press button and to lower press button EEJ gt To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button Ry depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located above the in terior rear view mirror The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cov er Shortly after the completion of your ac quaintance call you will receive a user ID and password via first call mail By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock profile and more The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be sum moned by other means System self check Initially after turning the SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside As sistance button and the Info
162. fuel filler cap en gage Close the fuel filler flap The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could damage the vehicle paint finish When refueling the vehicle make cer tain that no gasoline comes into con tact with plastic tail lamp to prevent damaging the lens Use only premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump More information on gasoline can be found in the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the Fad malfunc tion indicator lamp to illuminate See also Practical hints section gt page 256 Check regularly and before a long trip Coolant Brake fluid Opening the hood see gt page 227 Coolant For normal replenishing use water pota ble water quality For more information see Coolant level gt page 232 and see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 333 Operation At the gas station Brake fluid H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Noti fy an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more
163. functions in Control system 125 Selecting 124 Settings menu 124 Vehicle 132 Summer opening feature 165 Sun visors 154 Sunroof Messages in display 281 Supplemental Restraint System SRS 346 Switching Transfercase 145 Switching off Automatic central locking control system 133 Delayed exterior lamps 131 Differential locks 151 Engine 52 ESP 79 Hazard warning flasher 108 Headlamps 52 Heated steering wheel 203 Switching on Automatic central locking control system 133 Differential locks 150 ESP 81 Front axle differential lock 151 Front fog lamps 107 Hazard warning flasher 108 Headlamps 46 Heated steering wheel 203 High beams 108 Rear axle differential lock 151 Rear fog lamp 107 Transfer case differential lock 150 Windshield wipers 47 Symbol messages Multifunction display 265 Synchronizing ESP 263 Head restraints 95 Seat adjustment 95 T Tachometer 25 113 Displaying gear range 142 Overspeed range 113 Taillamps 301 Cleaning 246 Replacing bulbs 296 Tailgate Closing 90 Message in display 282 Opening 89 90 Separately locking 90 Separately unlocking 91 Tailgate lock 284 Unlocking in an emergency 287 Tar stains 245 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 335 Brake fluid 335 Coolant 333 Coolants 336 Electrical system 331 Engine 328 Engine oil 334 Engine oil additives 335 340 Fuel requirements 336 Fuels 333 Gasoline additives 336 Lubricants 333 Main dimensions 332 Premium unleaded gasoline
164. g your seat belt Airbags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Warning VAN Never ride in a moving vehicle with the back rest reclined Sitting in an excessively re clined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause se rious or even fatal injuries The backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning VAN Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning VAN Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation or to failure Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tio
165. g large compartment gt Press button and lift armrest Closing large compartment gt Lower armrest until it engages in lock i In the large storage compartment there is a storage area for up to three CDs Cup holders Warning A When not in use keep the cup holder closed Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during vehicle maneu vers Controls in detail Useful features Cup holder next to the armrest Cup holder in front passenger footwell SS gt Place cup holder bracket Q into re gt Swing bracket Q upwards until it cess clicks into place If the cup holder is no longer in use it can H for example be stored in the storage com partment below the armrest or in storage pouch on the door panel Fold the cup holder closed before mov ing the front passenger seat fully for ward Controls in detail Useful features Cup holder in rear passenger footwell e j P68 00 3007 31 Before folding the seat backrest for ward and the rear seat bench down be sure that all containers in the rear cup holder are removed Parcel net in front passenger footwell A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning A Do not place h
166. g mode For more information see Practical hints gt page 257 Safety and Security Driving and safety systems Safety and Security Anti theft systems V Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activating Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch activates the immobilizer Deactivating Inserting the SmartKey in the starter switch deactivates the immobilizer i In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Anti theft alarm Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone e opens a door e opens the tailgate e opens the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immedi ately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle e the vehicle is opened with the mechan ical key i If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initi ated automatically by the Tele Aid sys tem gt page 190 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are avail able Arming the alarm system The alarm system
167. gt gt T Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing serious engine damage Observe the coolant temperature dis play gt page 112 Possible solution Add coolant gt page 232 If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Display symbol Display message Warning A Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Possible cause The coolant is too hot During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What
168. gt page 306 Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place one chock in front of and one be hind the wheel that is diagonally oppo site to the wheel being changed When changing wheel on a hill gt Place chocks on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the other axle Warning A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle under the axle housing To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is sup ported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Make sure the jack is posi tioned correctly under the axle housing Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle If the vehicle is not raised as described it could slip off the jack as a result of vibra tions e g opening or closing a door or the tailgate Practical hints Flat tire x y P40 10 2178 31 Wheel wrench gt Onwheel to be cha
169. h telephone 138 Simultaneous wiping and washing Windshield wipers 48 Single wipe 48 Sliding pop up roof 166 Closing 166 292 Closing with SmartKey 167 Opening 166 292 Opening with SmartKey 167 Stopping 167 SmartKey 86 Locking and unlocking 86 Opening and closing the slid ing pop up roof with 167 Opening and closing windows with 165 Unlocking with 32 Snow chains 241 Spare parts service 324 Spare wheel 285 Mounting 307 Speed Setting current 170 Speed settings Cruise control 171 Speedometer 25 Setting units 128 Speedometer display mode Selecting 128 Split rear bench seat 176 SRS 64 346 Indicator lamp 258 Standing lamp front Replacing bulbs 297 Standing lamps Replacing bulbs 295 296 Standing water Driving instructions 213 Starter switch 23 33 Positions 33 Starting difficulties 44 Starting position 33 Starting the engine 43 Station radio Search 121 Station selection Setting 132 Steep terrain 216 Steering column Adjusting in out 37 Adjusting up down 37 Steering wheel Adjusting 37 Adjusting in out 37 Adjusting up down 37 Buttons 26 Cleaning 248 Heated 203 Stolen vehicle Tracking services 197 Stopping Sliding pop up roof 167 Windows 164 Storage compartments Armrest 184 Glove box 183 Storage spaces Cup holders 184 Storing Memory function Positions into memory 102 Submenus Convenience 133 For settings 117 In control system 119 Instrument cluster 127 Lighting 129 Resetting
170. h the CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunc Cover vehicle s approximate location if they re tion display The Tele Aid system will trans SOS button ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot mit data generating the vehicle make voice contact with the vehicle occu identification number model color and lo Be BUI preo ON EANET pants cation subject to availability of cellular The cover opens and GPS signals gt Press SOS button 2 briefly A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is con cluded Controls in detail Useful features gt Psystem mutes and the message TELE AID ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL ACTIVE ap pears in the multifunction display gt Describe the nature of the need for as sistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information These programs are only available in the USA e Sign and Drive services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable e Remote
171. h which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle e Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child and recommended for use by Mercedes Benz e Make sure the infant or child is proper ly secured by a belt at all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and infor mation on choosing an appropriate re straint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Infant and child restraint systems Use only a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend that all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoul der belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fas tening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow manufac turer s instructions for mounting child re straints Then pull shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During the seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract compl
172. harm PDE O7 ert SmartKey the environment if disposed of improperly e Press button or onthe gt Lock the driver s door with the me Recycling of batteries is the preferred SmartKey chanical key method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries e Insert the SmartKey in the starter Check if the tailgate is locked If nec PGDS or Batteries toacnep switch 288 cessary lock the tailgate with the me chanical key for recycling P80 35 2112 31 Mechanical key 2 Battery compartment Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent e When changing batteries always re place both batteries Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Remove mechanical key gt page 287 Insert the mechanical key in side opening and push briefly gray slide Battery compartment 2 is unlatched Pull battery compartment 2 out of the SmartKey housing in direction of ar row Remove the batteries P80 35 2107 31 gt gt Using a lint free cloth insert new bat teries under the contact spring with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment into hous ing until locked in place Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey i When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint The required replacement batteries are available at any Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Battery C
173. he BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Warning VAN Do not place powered on laptops cell phones and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such de vices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference may cause the indicator lamp not to come on dur ing self test or be continuously lit indicating that the system is not functioning Safety and Security Occupant safety Installation of infant and child restraint system N 0 Oe Anchorage ring for rear left side seat Anchorage ring for rear right side seat Anchorage ring for rear center seat Safety and Security Occupant safety gt Guide top tether strap between head restraint and top of seat back Head restraint must be installed and posi tioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head re straint and top of seat back When mounting a tether strap on the rear outer seats reinstall the cargo compartment cover blind gt page 176 and optional partition net gt page 178 P91 40 2354 31 Hook gt Securely fasten hook to anchorage ring 5 0 For safety make sure the hook is at tached to the ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated A Use only the described anchorage rings for the respective child seat Other lashing eye lets could tear in the case of an accident Ma
174. he position stored in memory when e the drivers door is closed e you put the SmartKey in the starter switch and e press the appropriate stored position button on the memory switch gt page 103 i To cancel steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move the steering column stalk gt page 22 e Press the memory switch gt page 102 gt Move the selection marker with the or EBM button to the CONVE NIENCE submenu gt Press button EAN or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play EASY ENTRY FEATURE ACTIVATE The selection marker is on the current setting EASY ENTRY FEATURE 4 ACTIVATE p OFF STEERING COLUMN P54 30 6450 31 Press or E to change the easy entry exit setting The following settings are available for the easy entry exit feature OFF The easy entry exit STEERING COLUMN feature is deactivat ed The easy entry exit feature is activated Setting key dependency Use this function to set whether the mem ory settings for the seats the steering wheel and the exterior mirrors should be stored separately for each SmartKey gt page 101 gt Move the selection marker with the or ESB button to the CONVE NIENCE submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play SETTINGS KEY DEPENDENT The selection marker is on the current setting SETTINGS H KEY DEPENDENT F ON N OFF P54 30 64
175. hicle until the engine has cooled down Operation At the gas station V At the gas station Refueling Warning A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious inju ry Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline Failure to remove the fuel cap slowly could result in personal injury The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the remote control automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap Turn off the engine Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released Take off the cap and set it in the recess on the fuel filler flap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or overfill Warning A Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump noz zle which could cause personal injury gt Replace the fuel cap by turning it to the right You should hear the
176. holstery Cleaning 249 Mechanical key 287 Memory function 101 345 Recalling positions from memory 102 Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing positions 103 Storing key dependent settings 102 Menus 116 AUDIO 120 Control system 345 In control system 118 119 Malfunction memory 122 NAVI 122 Settings menu 123 Standard display 120 Submenus 117 TEL 137 Trip computer 136 Messages in the multifunction display Symbol messages 265 Text messages 261 Middle tunnel Fuse box in 321 Miles kilometers in speedometer Setting 128 Mirrors Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position 153 Adjusting 38 Automatic antiglare for rear view mirror 152 Exterior rear view mirror 38 Exterior rear view mirror parking positions 135 Interior rear view mirror 38 Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing position 103 MON 225 MON Motor Octane Number 345 Monitoring reach Rear Parking Assist 173 Mph or km h in speedometer setting 128 Multicontour seat 97 Multifunction display 115 345 Selecting language 128 Standard display 119 Multifunction display messages ABS 261 BAS 261 Battery 265 266 Brake fluid 266 Brake pads 266 Check engine 256 Coolant 268 269 Display 282 Doors 271 Engine 256 Engine oillevel 271 ESP 263 Fuel reserve tank 273 Hood 273 Key 273 Lamps 274 276 Parking brake 267 Sunroof 281 Tailgate 282 Tele Aid 281 Telephone 281 Washer fluid 282 Multifunction steering wheel Buttons 116 26 116 N Navigat
177. hort trips and in hilly country Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals A Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Warning Operation Driving instructions Power assistance Resting your foot on the brake pedal will H cause excessive and premature wear of the A brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec power assistance for the brake and steering tiveness It may not be possible to stop the systems In this case it is important to keep vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci in mind that a considerably higher degree of dent effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Warning Refer to the description of the Brake With the engine not running there is no Assist System BAS gt page 76 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instru
178. hould pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point AN If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends M S rated radial ply tires with a minimum tread depth of approximately UP in 4 mm for the win ter season for all four wheels to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance as compared with sum mer tires Stopping distance however is still consid erably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appro priate caution Avoid spinning of one drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tire speed rating Despite of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use pru dent driving speeds appropriate to prevail ing conditions Operation Driving instructions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious injury and possible death for you and for others Your v
179. icated in the speedometer display field Minor service A Major service B i The interval between services depends on your driving habits A gentle driving style moderate engine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Clearing the service indicator The service indicator is automatically cleared e after 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition or when reaching the ser vice threshold while driving e after 30 seconds once the suggested service term has passed You can also clear it yourself gt Press the reset button on the instru ment cluster gt page 25 Service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested ser vice term you will see the following mes sage in the multifunction display SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY XX DAYS SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY XX MILES KM An accoustic signal will sound The Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center will reset the service indicator following a com pleted service Calling up the service indicator gt Switch ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 115 Press button Kg or Ea on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS indicator appears in the multifunction display i If the vehicle battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be in cluded in the count shown by the ser vice indicator To arrive at the true service deadline you will nee
180. icator EJ in the instrument clus ter comes on For more information see High beam flasher gt page 108 Windshield wipers The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Combination switch Single wipe Switching on windshield wipers gt Make sure the ignition is switched on Getting started Driving Switching on windshield wipers gt Turn the combination switch to the de sired position depending on the inten sity of the rain O Windshield wipers off I Intermittent wiping Il Normal wiper speed Ill Fast wiper speed The intermittent wiping interval de pends on the wetness of the wind shield Wiping will not occur with a front door open Getting started Driving Do not leave windshield wipers in inter mittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during wind shield cleaning Wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and wipers may be dam aged as a result The switch should not be left in inter mittent setting as the wipers will wipe the windshield once every time the en gine is started Dust that accumulates on the windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry wind shield Single wipe gt Press switch briefly in the direction of arrow Q The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid
181. icle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Closing the tailgate Separately locking the tailgate A To deny any unauthorized person ac cess to the tailgate lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the SmartKey less its mechanical key with the vehicle Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the tail gate opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around Warning A Only drive with the tailgate closed as other wise exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior To prevent an inadvertent lockout do not place the SmartKey in the cargo compartment A P72 12 2412 31 Neutral position Locked Close the tailgate gt page 90 Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 287 gt Insert the mechanical key in the lock cylinder gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position The tailgate remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked i You can only cancel the separate tail gate locking mode by means of the me chanical key Separately unlocking the tailgate gt Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 287 gt Insert the mechanical key in the lock cylinder gt Turn the mechanical key to neutral position Q gt page 90 You can now open the tailgate gt page 89 A
182. iew mirror position e Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror position e Front passenger seat position These key dependent memory settings can be deactivated if desired gt page 135 Controls in detail Memory function A Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Warning Controls in detail Memory function Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory gt Adjust the seats steering wheel and gt Press and hold position button until exterior rear view mirrors to the de the seat steering wheel and rear view sired position gt page 34 mirrors have fully moved to the stored Press memory button Q positions Release memory button and push posi iJ tion button within three seconds Releasing the button immediately PADS TES All the settings are stored at the select stops movement to the stored posi Memory button ed position tions Stored position buttons gt Make sure the ignition is switched on z W AN or the relevant door is open and the S SmartKey is inserted in the starter itch Do not operate the power seats using the switch memory button if the seat backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move seat backrest to an upright posi tion Storing exterior rear view mirr
183. ight Truck Center or tire dealer for repairs Damage to the vehicle negatively influences driving comfort and poses the risk of acci dent to you and other drivers We recommend that you inspect the vehi cle for possible damage after each off road trip Recognizing any damage and a subse quent timely repair reduces the chance of a possible breakdown or accident later on Proceed as follows Switch the transfer case in position HIGH gt page 145 Disengage differential locks gt page 151 body For instance after driving in mud clean the radiator chassis engine brakes and wheels from extreme dirt using a strong jet of water Inspect frame oil pan brake hoses etc as well as vehicle underbody for possible damage Check tires for possible damage and remove foreign objects Clean all exte rior lamps and conduct a brake test Clean all exterior lamps and check them for possible damage Check for brush or branches caught in the undercarriage They could increase the possibility of a fire as well as cut fuel and or brake lines puncture rubber bellows of the axles or drive shafts After continued operation in mud sand water or other dirty conditions clean the brake discs wheels brake pads and check and clean axle joints Conduct a brake test Control and operation of radio trans mitters COMAND radio and telephone AN Do not forget that your primary responsibili ty is to dri
184. ight conditions the parking lamps will also switch on Canada only When you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam switches off three minutes delay For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps USA only The high beam headlamps can also be ac tivated when driving with the daytime run ning lamp mode activated and exterior lamp switch in position IQ To activate the daytime running lamp mode see Setting daytime running lamp mode gt page 129 i See notes on the exterior lamp switch gt page 104 Locator lighting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the control system section under Setting locator lighting gt page 130 and Setting night security il lumination gt page 131 Exterior rear view mirror lamps If the vehicle is centrally unlocked in the darkness the lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors come on If a door is opened the lamp on this side goes out If no doors are opened the lamps go out e when the ignition is switched on e after a maximum of 40 seconds Switching on front fog lamps Warning A In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position BGR to with the vehicle at a standstill Switching from EGER to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driv
185. in position N and the driver s door is opened Engage transfer case to gear position HIGH or LOW For more information see Practical hints section gt page 281 147 Controls in detail Differential locks Y Differential locks For more information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 213 Differential locks improve the vehicle s tractive power off road Switch on differen tial locks for off road driving to turn the ABS off during off road driv ing for driving through water when driving on deep snow and icy or fouled surfaces Do not engage the front axle differen tial lock when driving around tight cor ners This restricts steering ability When driving off road apply only mod erate pressure to the accelerator pedal if the differential locks are switched on When running on a single axle dyna mometer no matter how briefly you must e raise the non driven axle or e disconnect its drive shaft and e engage the transfer differential lock Otherwise the transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A Never drive on pavement with differential locks engaged Steering control will be strongly affected with the differential locks activated The ABS BAS and ESP are switched off au tomatically when the transfer case differen tial lock is activated A few words about differentials and differenti
186. information see Practical hints gt page 254 Windshield rear window washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system For more information on refilling the reser voir see Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 234 Operation At the gas station Engine oil level For more information on engine oil see gt page 228 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For infor mation on replacing light bulbs see Re placing bulbs gt page 295 For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 104 Tire inflation pressure For more information see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 237 V Engine compartment Hood Warning A Do not pull the release lever while the vehi cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow Opening The pull release lever is under the driver s side of the instrument panel Q Release lever P68 00 3168 31 Pull release lever Q upward The hood is unlocked To avoid damage to the windshield wip ers or hood open the hood only with wipers in parked position gt Lift hood up slightly gt Pull safety hook in direction of ar row and open hood Operation Engine compartment Warning A To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Make sure the hood is prope
187. ing in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident gt Make sure the low beam headlamps are switched on gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop The green indicator lamp in the lamp switch comes on i Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding allow able lamp operation Switching on rear fog lamp gt gt Check that the low beam headlamps are switched on Pull out exterior lamp switch to second stop The yellow indicator lamp in the lamp switch comes on Controls in detail Combination switch Lighting The combination switch is located on the left side of the steering column High beam High beam flasher 107 Controls in detail Lighting Switching on high beams gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position or to BG gt page 104 gt Push the combination switch in direction Q The high beam headlamp indicator EJ in the instrument clus ter comes on High beam flasher gt Pull the combination switch briefly in direction Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be activat ed with the ignition switched on or off It is activated automatically when an airbag is deployed The switch is located on the center con sole Hazard war
188. ing in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The airbags can only protect as ex pected if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 56 Warning VAN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle
189. ing started Driving gt D If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Proper use of seat belts Do not twist the belt when fastening Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck or pass under the arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the belt outlet see below Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a nearly up right position Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same time Check your seat belt during travel to ensure it is properly positioned Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly You should avoid wearing bulky clothing such as winter coats when traveling in the vehicle A Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Warning Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Seat belt height adjustment Adjust the height so that the upper part of
190. ing wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt gt Repeat the shift process gt page 145 Repeat the shift process gt page 145 Do not switch the transfer case on gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz gt Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble Close the sliding pop up roof gt page 166 Close the sliding pop up roof gt page 166 Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause This message will appear whenever the tailgate is open VISIT WORKSHOP The instrument cluster display is malfunc DISPLAY MALFUNCTION tioning Some systems themselves may also have failed VISIT WORKSHOP Certain electronic systems are unable to DISPLAY MALFUNCTION relay information to the control system The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display WASHER FLUID The fluid level has dropped to about ve CHECK LEVEL of total reservoir capacity Possible solution gt gt gt Close the tailgate Continue driving with added caution Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Add washer fluid gt page 33
191. instrument cluster fails to position 2 have it checked and replaced if come on during the bulb self check when necessary Possible cause Suggested solution You engaged the differential locks The ABS The driving systems will switch on ESP BAS EBB and 4 ETS are switched off again after the differential locks have been disengaged The ABS has detected a malfunction and has Continue driving with added caution switched off The ESP BAS EBB and 4 ETS Wheels will lock during hard braking are also switched off see messages in dis reducing steering capability play gt Have the system checked at an autho If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning oth rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen er systems such as the navigation system or ter as soon as possible Real Parking Assisi TEN elso malkuneion Failure to follow these instructions in The brake system is still functioning normally creases the risk of an accident but without the ABS available Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Suggested solution The ABS has switched off because charging Turn off unnecessary electric con voltage has fallen below 10 volts The battery sumers mey net Nee nen 2h When the battery voltage is above this value again the ABS is operational again gt Note the messages in the multifunc tion display gt page 260 Practical hints
192. ion on how to select the unit of the displayed temperature i e degrees Celsius C or degrees Fahrenheit F see Selecting temperature display mode gt page 127 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by com parison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature Is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or slow driving Vv Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more Warning VAN A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety
193. ion system Operating 122 See separate COMAND operating in structions Night security illumination 106 Setting 131 0 Occupant safety 56 Airbags 57 Children in the vehicle 65 Fastening the seat belt 40 Infant and child restraint systems 66 LATCH child seat anchors 70 Seat belts 40 60 Odometer main 25 Off road driving 213 Checklist 215 Crossing obstacles 218 Driving through water 217 Returning 220 Rules 214 Special driving features 214 Steep terrain 216 Oil Adding 231 Consumption 228 Dipstick 228 Oil dipstick 232 Viscosity 344 Oil level Checking 226 One touch gearshifting 141 Canceling gear range limit 141 Downshifting 141 Upshifting 141 Opening Ashtray 186 Doors from the inside 89 Fuel filler flap 224 Fuel filler flap manually 290 Glove box 183 Hood 227 Side windows 164 Sliding pop up roof 166 292 Sliding pop up roof in an emergency 292 Sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 167 Tailgate 89 90 Windows 164 Windows with SmartKey 165 Operating CD player 121 COMAND see separate operating in structions Navigation system 122 Radio 121 Radio transmitters 221 Telephone 137 Operator s Manual 10 Ornamental moldings 246 Outside temperature indicator 114 Overdue service 242 Overhead control panel 29 Overspeed range 345 P Paintwork 245 Panic alarm 73 Panic button on SmartKey 73 Parcel net In front passenger footwell 186 Parking 51 209 Parking brake 44 51 Engaging 51 Message in display 267 Rel
194. ioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT FR L PARK LAMP The left parking lamps are malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT ing A backup bulb is being used BACK UP LIGHT ON FR R PARK LAMP The right parking lamps are malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT ing A backup bulb is being used BACK UP LIGHT ON HIGH BEAM L The left high beam lamp is malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT ing HIGH BEAM R The right high beam lamp is malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT ing Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution LIGHT SENSOR The lamp sensor is malfunctioning The Inthe control system set lamp opera DRIVE TO WORKSHOP headlamps switch on automatically tion to manual gt page 129 gt Switch on headlamps using the exteri or lamp switch gt page 104 p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble LICENSE PLATE LIGHT L The left license plate lamp is malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT ing LICENSE PLATE LIGHT R The right license plate lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT tioning LIGHTS The display appears if the driver s dooris Insert SmartKey in the starter switch URN OFF LIGHTS opened with the e
195. irbags 56 Child seat recognition 56 Child seats 56 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD 56 Lower anchors and tethers for children LATCH 56 Seat belts 56 Restraint systems see Infant and child re straint systems Returning from off road driving 220 Rims 329 Roadside Assistance Tele Aid 193 RON 225 RON Research Octane Number 346 Roof rack 175 Rotating wheels 238 Rubber parts Cleaning 249 S Safety Occupant 56 Safety belts see Seat belts Safety systems Driving 74 Searching Radio station 121 Seat adjustment Synchronizing 95 Seat backrest Folding forward 177 Returning to sitting position 177 Seat belt force limiter 65 Seat belt height adjustment 42 Seat belts 56 62 Cleaning 248 Fastening 40 Height adjustment 42 Proper use of 42 64 Safety guidelines 60 Warning lamp 258 Seat bench Folding forward 177 Returning to sitting position 177 Seat cushion length Adjusting 97 Seats 94 Adjusting 34 Easy entry exit feature 94 Heater 98 Multicontour seat 97 Split rear bench seat 176 Selecting Display 129 Selector lever 25 Lock 43 Position automatic transmission 25 Self test BabySmart airbag deactivation system 68 Tele Aid 191 Service Calling up the service indicator 243 Major service Service B 242 Minor service Service A 242 Overdue 242 Spare parts 324 Types 242 When due 242 Service and Warranty Booklet Loss of 325 Service indicator 242 Calling up 243 Clearing 242 243 tM Service life tires 237
196. ires with a tread depth under 1 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no long er suitable for winter operation Warning Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your ve hicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such no tices are available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heat er The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to ex ceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow i When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP page 79 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Observe the following guidelines when us ing snow chains Use of snow chai
197. irinn 227 Engine Oilersin 228 Transmission fluid level 232 Coolant level 0 eeeseeeeseeeeeeeee 232 Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning Systemie erena A EE 234 Battery eneen E i 235 Tires and wheels sseceseeeeeeseeeees 236 Important guidelines 236 Life of tir s c vssschectaceeeenteastececdicnics 237 Direction of rotation eee 237 Checking tire inflation pressure 237 Rotating wheels 238 Wint rdriving assessino 240 Winter tires eecesessceseseeeeees 240 Block heater Canada only 240 SNOW Chains ossee 241 Maintenance ccecccceeesssteceeessseeees 242 Clearing the service indicator 242 Service term exceeded 242 Calling up the service indicator 243 Resetting the service indicator 243 Vehicle Care eeeescceessstecceeesesseeeees 244 Cleaning and care of the vehicle 244 Practical hints c ceeeeeee 251 What to do if oo eeeeeesseceeeeessteeeeees 252 Lamps in instrument cluster 252 Lamp in center console 6 259 Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY cities vi nt eiiaseeticeveieten ics 260 Where will find ceeeesseeeeeeees 283 First aid Kitisccc cecsecccivevevesssssseesesenss 283 Vehicle tool Kit ee eeeeesseeeeeeee 283 Vehicle jack eeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 284 CDChanger saisir 284 Spare Wheel seeseeesseeeeeeeeees 285 U
198. is armed after locking the vehicle with the SmartKey The turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the alarm system is activated A red lamp in the tow away alarm switch begins to blink after arming the alarm system page 27 i Canceling the alarm If the turn signal lamps do not blink To cancel the alarm three times one of the following ele ments may not be properly closed i aie etanan ihe e adoor of he tail e the tailgate gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter e the hood switch Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system The alarm system is disarmed when you unlock your vehicle with the SmartKey The turn signal lamps blink once to indicate that the alarm system is deactivated Safety and Security Anti theft systems Tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle i The tow away protection alarm is trig gered for example if the vehicle is lift ed on one side If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initi ated automatically by the Tele Aid sys tem provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming tow away alarm When you lock your vehicle the tow away alarm is a
199. is message will only appear if Center as soon as possible all light emitting diodes have stopped working ADD TURN SIG L The left turn signal in the exterior rear Have the LEDs replaced as soon as CHECK LIGHT view mirror is malfunctioning This mes possible sage will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working ADD TURN SIG R The right turn signal in the exterior rear Have the LEDs replaced as soon as CHECK LIGHT view mirror is malfunctioning This mes possible sage will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working AUTOM LIGHT ON You have left the SmartKey in the starter gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter REMOVE KEY switch switch BRAKE LIGHT Brake lamp illumination is delayed or gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz DRIVE TO WORKSHOP lamp is permanently on Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble BRAKE LIGHT L The left brake lamp is malfunctioning gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution BRAKE LIGHT R The right brake lamp is malfunctioning Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT Center as soon as possible FRONT FOGLIGHT L The left front fog lamp is malfunctioning Replace the bulb as soon as possible CHECK LIGHT FRONT FOGLIGHT R The right front fog lamp is malfunct
200. isted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency ten sioning devices and belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate only when the seat belt is fastened and in the follow ing cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceed ing a preset severity level e ifthe restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see EZ indicator lamp gt page 56 In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Warning A An emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced When disposing of the emergency tension ing device our safety instructions must be followed These are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the passenger front airbag to deploy in a cras
201. itions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps To brighten illumination gt Turn reset button in the instrument cluster clockwise The instrument cluster illumination will brighten To dim illumination gt Turn reset button in the instrument cluster counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature display A e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned Warning e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H E P RLS L E 40 0 Boch P54 32 2008 31 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 gt Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button or on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 116 gt Press button EAN or Keg until the coolant temperature display appears i Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display gt page 269 During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tempera ture may rise c
202. ke sure Warning e the fastening straps are not crossed or twisted e the hook is properly attached and is closed Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is provided with two LATCH LOWER Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren type anchors at each of the outer rear seats for installation of a LATCH child seat with matching mounting fittings P91 20 2077 31 Anchors Install a LATCH type child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions gt Install child seat according to manufac turer s instructions i With a child seat installed in the left rear seat the seat belt for the center seat occupied by a passenger must op erate freely Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions Warning A Install child seat according to manufactur er s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchors Warning A An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face
203. kpit Management and Data Sys tem Information and operating center for vehicle sound and communications systems including the radio and the navigation system as well as other op tional equipment CD changer tele phone etc Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to navigate through the system and to ad just settings Technical terms Differential locks On slippery surfaces differential locks prevent one wheel of an axle from spin ning while the other wheel stands still resulting in driving force no longer be ing transferred Cruise control Driving convenience system for auto matically maintaining the vehicle speed set by the driver Engine number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the cylinder block to uniquely identify each engine pro duced Engine oil viscosity Measurement for the inner friction vis cosity of the oil at different tempera tures The higher the temperature an oil can tolerate without becoming thin or the lower the temperature it can tol erate without becoming viscous the better the viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability ETD Emergency Tensioning Device Device which deploys in certain frontal and rea
204. lbs 300 242 344 295 299 FSS Flexible Service System 242 344 Fuel 225 Additives 336 Fuel reserve warning lamp 258 Gasoline additives 336 Premium unleaded gasoline 333 335 Refueling 224 Requirements 336 Reserve warning 25 Technical data 333 Fuel additives 336 Fuel consumption statistics After start 136 Since last reset 136 Fuel filler flap 224 Locking 224 Opening 290 Unlocking 224 Fuel requirements 336 225 Fuel reserve tank Message in display 273 Fuel tank Capacity 333 Filler flap 224 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities 333 Functions control system Resetting 125 Fuse box 319 320 321 Fuses 319 Fuse box in battery box 319 Fuse box in front passenger footwell 320 Fuse box in middle tunnel 321 Fuse box in passenger compartment 319 116 119 G Garage door opener Gasoline see Fuel Gasoline additives 336 GAWR 344 29 198 Gear range 344 H Headlight switch off delay see Delayed Automatic transmission 142 Hard plastic trim items switch off exterior lamps Limiting 142 Cleaning 248 Headliner Shifting into optimal 141 Hazard warning flasher 108 Cleaning 248 Transfer case 145 Switching off 108 Heated seats 98 Gear range limit Switching on 108 Heated steering wheel 203 Canceling 141 Head restraints 95 Height adjustment Gear selector lever Power seats 36 Head restraints 36 Cleaning 248 Synchronizing 95 Seat belts 42 Position 142 Headlamp cleaning system 234 Steering wheel 37 Position autom
205. lect e 0 s the delayed switch off feature is deactivated e 5s 10s 15 sor20 s the delayed switch off feature is activated Vehicle submenu Access the VEHICLE submenu via the SETINGS menu Use the VEHICLE submenu to make general vehicle settings The fol lowing functions are available Function Page Set station selection mode 132 radio Set automatic locking 133 Setting station selection mode Use the PRESS BUTTON IN AUDIO MODE function to select the manual or memory station selection mode for the radio gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the VEHICLE submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play PRESS BUTTON IN AUDIO MODE The selection marker is on the current setting PRESS BUTTON IN H AUDIO MODE F STATION SEARCH MEMORY P54 30 6452 31 gt Press or EJ to select the de sired station selection mode You can select e STATION SEARCH e MEMORY selects next stored station Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Vehicle submenu Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK The selection marker is on
206. locking gt page 86 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Driving and safety syste Anti theft sys Safety and Security Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle Y Occupant safety The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Emergency tensioning device e Airbags e Child seats e Child seat recognition e Lower anchors and tethers for children LATCH As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each oth er e For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 65 The Y indicator lamp in the instrument cluster gt page 25 comes on for about four seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 for about four seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey i The EY indicator lamp remains lit if the SmartKey is turned to position 2 and left there The indicator lamp will go out when you start the engine The EY indicator lamp goes out shortly after you start the engine This shows that the restraint systems are operational Safety and Security Occupant safety A malfunction in the system has been de Airbags tected if the EH indicator lamp fails to extinguish after approximately four seconds do
207. lose to 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Trip odometer gt Make sure you are viewing the trip odometer display gt page 115 gt Ifitis not displayed press button or on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 116 until the trip odom eter appears gt Press and hold the reset button on the instrument cluster gt page 112 until the trip odometer is reset Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Controls in detail Instrument cluster Outside temperature indicator A The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Warning Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the multifunction display gt page 115 For informat
208. ls araa eere OE 207 Rear Parking Assist cece 172 Power assistance 208 Lo diNg siansa nna eas 175 Brake Sience 208 ROOF TACK sc ssetesas tests tecsevostsctesteetee 175 Driving Offier 209 Cargo compartment cover 175 Parking seeeseeeeseeeeeeseresreerrseres 209 Enlarged cargo compartment 176 TEE E T 210 Split rear seat bench ceeee 176 Hydroplaning ceeseeeeeeeteeeees 210 Partition net MB Accessory 178 Tire traction sssini 211 Loading instructions eeeeeee 180 Tire speed rating 211 Cargo tie down rings 182 Winter driving instructions 212 Useful features cccccceeeessseeeeeeeees 183 Standing water ceeeeseeeeees 213 Interior storage Spaces eee 183 Passenger compartment 213 ASI AS yic seccessasecessteWisevseccesssentaas 186 Off road Criving ceeeeeseeeeeeeees 213 Cigarette lighter 188 Control and operation of radio Electrical outlet 188 transmitters 0 eeeeeeeeteeeeteeees 221 Telephon sesssaissecstiavesveceeevedetvenes 189 Driving abroad eee 222 TONG AIG rrin 190 Catalytic converter ccseeees 222 Garage door Opener 198 Emission Control sses 222 Heated steering wheel 203 Coolant temperature 223 At the gas station eee 224 Refueling sisisi iiser n 224 Check regularly and before a long Wipere 225 Engine compartment ssseesseeereee 227 HOO sissies i
209. lumination 112 Interior rear view mirror 38 Mirrors 38 Multicontour seat 97 Seat cushion length 97 Seat cushion tilt 36 Seat fore and aft adjustment 35 Seat height 36 Seats 34 Steering columnin out 37 Steering column up down 37 Steering wheel 37 Air conditioning cooling Turning off 162 Turning on 162 Air conditioning refrigerant 335 Air distribution Adjusting 159 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air recirculation mode 160 Activating 160 Deactivating 161 Air volume Adjusting 159 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 259 Airbags 57 BabySmart airbag deactivation system 68 343 Front 61 Safety guidelines 60 Alarm Audible 73 82 Canceling 83 84 Visual 82 Alarm system Anti theft 82 Anticorrosion antifreeze 337 Antiglare Automatic 152 Antilock brake system ABS 343 Anti theft alarm system Arming 82 tM Canceling alarm 83 Disarming 83 Anti theft systems 82 Anti theft alarm system Tow away alarm 83 82 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest Storage compartment below Storage compartment in front of 184 Ashtrays 186 At the gas station 224 ATF automatic transmission fluid AUDIO menu 120 Selecting radio station 121 Automatic antiglare for rear view mirror 152 Automatic central locking 184 232 Activating deactivating control system 133 Automatic climate control Deactivating 162 Automatic headlamp mode 105 Automatic lighting control Activating 109 Deactivating 109
210. may enter vehicle interior resulting in uncon sciousness and death Ni Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possi ble The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possi ble against front or rear seat backrest since it influences the handling charac teristics of the vehicle Controls in detail Loading For additional safety when transporting cargo while the rear seats are unoccu pied fasten the outer seat belts cross wise into the opposite side buckles Always pad off sharp edges i The rear cargo compartment is the pre ferred place to carry objects The en larged cargo compartment rear seats folded should only be used for items which do not fit in the rear cargo com partment alone Controls in detail Loading Cargo tie down rings P68 00 2962 31 The cargo compartment is provided with four tie down anchors Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all rings with rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo Warning VAN While the partition net will help protect you from smaller objects it cannot prevent the movement of large heavier objects into the passenger area in an accident Such items must be properly secured using the cargo tie down rings in the cargo com partment floor Vv Useful features Interior storage spaces Warning A To help avoid personal injury du
211. may cause an accident and or serious wheel together with the setting for the personal injury seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors For more information see Heated steer ing wheel gt page 203 Getting started Adjusting Mirrors Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic condi tions Warning A In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or the respiratory sys tem In case it does immediately flush af fected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liq uid state and by applying plenty of wa ter Interior rear view mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view mirror Exterior rear view mirror Warning A Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The buttons are located above the exterior lamp switch Adjustment button Driver s side mir
212. ment clus ter stays on and there is no audible warn hicle To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly ing EBB the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brakes salted roads it is advisable to brake the Brake pad wear ora leak in the system may vehicle with considerable force prior to be the reason for low brake fluid in the res parking The heat generated serves to dry Bardi Warning VAN the brakes Have the brake system inspected immedi ately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components or salty road conditions the first braking ac tion may be somewhat reduced and in creased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by by quali fied technicians only Contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Install only brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or othe
213. menus NO MALFUNCTION 10 30a P54 32 2312 31 Controls in detail Control system Menus submenus and functions Menu Q Menu Menu G Menu Menu Menu Menu Q Standard AUDIO NAVI Malfunction Settings Trip computer Telephone display memory Coolant Select radio Activate route Call up Reset to factory Fuel Load phone book temperature station guidance malfunction settings consumption display messages statistics after start Digital Operate CD Instrument Fuel Search for name speedometer player cluster submenu consumption in phone book a statistics since O the last reset S Call up FSS Lighting Call up range E submenu Check engine oil Vehicle submenu level Convenience submenu Controls in detail Control system i The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not neces sarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Standard display menu You can select the functions in the stan dard display menu with button IRA or E The following functions are available Function Page Call up coolant temperature 112 display Call up digital speedometer 120 Call up FSS 242 Check engine oil level 229 Display digital speedometer gt Press button EAN twice The current vehicle speed is shown in the multifuncti
214. mly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed integrated signal transmitter button or Step 11 gt Press hold for two seconds and re lease same button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to perform this procedure a third time to complete the training Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed integrated signal transmitter button or Step 13 gt To program the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the inte grated signal transmitter to pick up the sig nal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner Controls in detail Useful features If you live in Canada or if you are having dif ficulties programming a gate operator re gardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Step 4 gt Continue to press and hold the inte grated signal transmitter button or while you press and re press cycle your hand held remote con trol transmitter every two seconds until the freque
215. mps 295 300 Standing lamps 295 296 297 Tail lamp assemblies 296 301 Cc CAC Customer Assistance Center 343 Calling up Range distance to empty 137 Service indicator 243 CAN system 343 Capacities Fuels coolants lubricants etc 333 Cargo area see Cargo compartment Cargo compartment Switching on off control Child safety switch see Blocking of rear Tailgate 89 90 system 133 door window operation Tie down rings 182 Unlocking from inside 92 Cigarette lighter 188 Cargo compartment cover 175 Certification label 326 Cleaning Installing 176 Changing Cup holders 248 Removing 176 Batteries SmartKey 288 Gear selector lever 248 Cargo tie down rings 182 Key setting 133 Hard plastic trim items 248 Catalytic converter 222 Charging Headlamps 153 CD changer 284 Vehicle battery 311 Headliner 248 CD player CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator Illuminated door sill panels 249 Operating 121 lamp 256 Instrument cluster 248 Center console 27 Checking Leather upholstery 249 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 259 Coolant level 225 232 Light alloy wheels 248 Lower part 28 Oil level 226 228 MB Tex upholstery 249 Upper part 27 Checklist Plastic and rubber parts 249 Centigrade Off road driving 215 Rear Parking Assist sensors 247 Setting temperature units 127 Child safety 65 Seat belts 248 Central locking Infant and child restraint systems 56 Steering wheel 248 Frominside 92 62 66 Windows 247 Switch 92 LATCH child seat anchors 70 Windshield 48 Wiper blades 247
216. must be at least 45 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approx 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protec tion to approx 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB anticorrosion antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cool ing system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accor dance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorro sion antifreeze coolant will result in a sig nificantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz anticorrosion antifreeze agent Technical dat
217. n as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver airbag and passenger front airbag ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device for driv er s seat front passenger seat and the outboard passenger seats The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front airbags impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could se verely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects Belts should not be worn tw
218. n of the SRS temporarily releas es a small amount of dust from the airbags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some tempo rary breathing difficulty for people with asth ma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning VAN The service life of the passenger front airbag extends to the date indicated on the label lo cated on the driver side B pillar To provide continued reliability after that date they should be inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center at that time and replaced when necessary Warning VAN To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure it is properly posi tioned on your body gt page 62 Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from th
219. n position LOW before driving under off road con ditions gt page 145 If necessary activate differential locks gt page 150 The ABS BAS and ESP are switched off automatically when the differential locks are activated Fasten items being carried as securely as possible gt page 180 i Whenever driving in off road mode we recommend e Keeping doors tailgate windows and sliding pop up roof closed e Switching cruise control off Observe the following during off road driving e Adjust vehicle speed to condition of terrain The more uneven rutty and steeper the terrain the lower the speed should be Drive through wa ter slowly at an even speed avoid ing a bow wave e Be especially careful when driving in unknown territory It may be nec essary to get out of the vehicle and scout the path you intend to take e Watch out for obstacles such as rocks holes tree stumps and ruts Avoid excessive engine speeds drive at moderate engine speeds max 3000 rpm Before driving through water deter mine its depth Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the en gine In sandy soil drive at a steady speed as allowed by conditions This helps overcome the vehicle rolling resistance and reduces the likelihood of the vehicle sinking into the ground Do not initiate jumps with the vehi cle It interrupts the forward mo mentum of the vehicle Always drive on
220. n the conditions are safe to do so You can deactivate the automatic locking using the control system gt page 133 Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Getting started Driving Warning A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control For more information see Driving instruc tions gt page 207 For information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 213 Switching on headlamps P5 25 3071 31 Exterior lamp switch Off 2 Low beam headlamps on gt Turn the switch to Bey For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 104 Turn signals and high beam The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Combination switch Turn signals right Turn signals left gt Press combination switch up Q or down 2 The switch is automatically canceled when the steering wheel is turned a sufficient degree i To signal minor directional changes move combination switch to point of resistance only and release The turn signal blinks three times High beam gt Push the combination switch forward The high beam headlamp ind
221. n wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Cloth upholstery Clean with soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt MB Tex upholstery Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Plastic and rubber parts Do not use oil or wax on these parts Operation Vehicle care Illuminated door sill panels Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Wood trims Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Practical hints What to do if Y What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving General information turning the SmartKey in starter switch to If a bulb in the
222. nctions 122 Distance to empty range Calling up 136 Door control panel 30 Door handle 30 Door sill panels Cleaning 249 Door unlock With Tele Aid 197 Doors Message in display 271 Opening from the inside 89 Opening from the outside 87 Downhill driving Cruise control 170 Downshifting 141 Drink holders see Cup holders Drinking and driving 207 Driving General instructions 40 207 In winter 212 Problems 50 Safety systems 74 Through standing water 213 Driving abroad 222 Driving and safety systems 4 ETS 77 ABS 74 BAS 76 EBB 78 ESP 78 Driving instruction Passenger compartment 213 Driving instructions 207 Driving off 209 Driving systems 169 Cruise control 169 Driving safety systems 74 Driving through water 217 E Easy entry exit feature 94 Activating 133 Interrupting movement 134 EBB 74 78 Electrical fuses 319 Electrical outlet 188 Electrical system Technical data 331 Electronic Brake Booster EBB 78 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability program see ESP Electronic Traction System ETS 77 Emergency call system 190 Emergency calls Initiating an emergency call 193 With Tele Aid 191 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 144 Emergency operations Closing sliding pop up roof 292 Locking the vehicle 288 Opening sliding pop up roof 292 Remote door unlock 197 Unlocking the tailgate 287 Unlocking the vehicle 287 Emergency tensioning device see ETD Emission control 222 Emission c
223. ncy signal has bee learned Upon successful training the indicator lamp will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Controls in detail Useful features Operation of integrated remote control Erasing the integrated remote control Reprogramming a single integrated sig gt Switch on ignition memory nal transmitter button gt Switch on ignition To program a device using a signal trans gt Select and press the appropriate inte P isa mitter button previously trained follow grated signal transmitter button gt Simultaneously hold down the signal or to activate the remote con transmitter buttons and for ap IESE SIEDS trolled device proximately 20 seconds until the indi Press and hold the desired signal trans cator lamp blinks rapidly Do not mitter button or Do not re The integrated remote control trans mitter continues to send the signal as hold for longer than 30 seconds lease the button long as the button is pressed up to The codes of all three channels are gt The indicator lamp will begin to flash af 20 seconds erased ter 20 seconds Without releasing the integrated signal transmitter button iJ proceed with programming starting If you sell your vehicle erase the codes with step 3 of all three channels Heated steering wheel The steering wheel heater warms up the leather area o
224. nd the appropriate indicator lamp will stop flash ing The COMAND system operation will resume If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Cus tomer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada i The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is conclud ed Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assis tance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunc tion steering wheel i When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted and the selected mode radio or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The navigation system if en gaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken commands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Controls in detail Useful features The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature Remot
225. ng VAN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart System installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions Safety and Security Occupant safety Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Safety and Security Occupant safety A Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder bel
226. ng fuse box front passenger seat tracks with a i screwdriver We recommend having the fuses gt Move front passenger seat fully for changed at a Mercedes Benz Light ward Truck Center H Removing front end stops When reinstalling front passenger seat track stops place end stops in correct position For your safety maintain proper spacing 2 P54 15 2385 31 Mounting screw 2 Cover Warning A gt Unscrew mounting screws 1 Do not drive the vehicle when the front end gt Remove cover in direction of ar rows stops are not correctly installed Failure to P54 15 2384 31 reinstall stops as indicated may result in se Front end stop on the right seat rail left rious injury in certain frontal crashes seat rail laterally reversed Adjust the front passenger seat as far as Front end stop possible rearward from the dashboard when Spacing the seat is occupied Comply with informa tion on occupant safety gt page 56 me 2 c te 1 Technical data Spare parts service The Technical data section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle Vv Spare parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Centers maintain a stock of genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different spare parts for Merc
227. ng in the occupant area during a ered to enlarge the cargo compartment Pull cover 2 out upwards isi gt pPullc p collision or sudden maneuver always use The left right or both seat backrest sec partition met whenitransporting cargo tions may be folded down as required Installing the cover gt page 178 gt Place cover into recesses For more information see Split rear seat gt Press right and left sides of cover down bench gt page 176 until it locks into place 176 Controls in detail Loading Folding seat backrest forward Returning seat bench and seat back Warning AN itti iti gt Remove the head restraints reSt to sitting position Failure to assure that seats and seat back gt page 96 gt ies up seat bench until it locks in rest are locked into place could result in an gt Pull release lever in direction of ar place increased chance of injury in an accident row and fold seat backrest forward un Pull release lever Q and raise seat Never place hands under seat or near any til it locks in place backrest until it locks in place moving parts while a seat is being adjusted benchi i gt Check to ensure the seat is locked by olding seat bench forwar For safety reasons the rear seat bench 8 pushing and pulling on the seat back must only be adjusted when the vehicle is gt Fold seat backrest forward rest stationary gt Pull release lever in direction of ar Never
228. ng mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pul sation Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal iJ If the ABS is malfunctioning the BAS EBB ESP and 4 ETS are also switched off Normal driving and braking functions are still available Safety and Security Driving and safety systems LOW RANGE ABS During off road driving a special low range system for the antilock brake system ABS is operational with transfer case in position LOW gt page 145 An improved braking action dig in effect is obtained for vehicle speeds up to 37 mph 60 km h through a change in the ABS control function For more information see Practical hints gt page 252 Safety and Security Driving and safety systems AN The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction af Warning forded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or aquaplaning Only a safe atten tive and skillful driver can prevent acci dents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeop ardize the user s safety or the safety of
229. ng the vehicle gt Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving traffic on a hard surface Turn on the hazard warning flashers Engage the steering wheel lock in the straight ahead position and set the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to P Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Remove the vehicle tool kit gt page 283 and the jack gt page 284 gt Remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel mounting bracket gt page 285 Warning VAN For your safety remove spare wheel from the spare wheel mounting bracket before undertaking any further steps Information on spare wheel When you replace the vehicle s tires you can use the spare wheel as a regular wheel if e itis not more than six years old e rim and tire are the same model as the regular wheels Warning TAS If the spare tire is more than six years old or is not the same model as the regular tires have the spare tire replaced with a new tire at the nearest Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare tire Warning A G 55 AMG only Vehicles with different tire dimensions on the front and rear axle rim and tire size of spare wheel and normal wheel differ Han dling will be adversely affected when the spare wheel is used Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Mounting the spare wheel gt Prepare the vehicle
230. nged loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wrench Practical hints Flat tire Cal A P58 10 2061 31 P58 10 2062 31 a P40 10 2719 31 Pump handle three pieces Jack gt Place jack on firm ground Indent for activation of release bolt Release bolt gt Position jack under the axle housing gt Assemble the pump handle for the gt Close release bolt so that it is always vertical plumb line jack The pump handle is located in the as seen from the side even if the vehi To do so turn indent Q to the right in a cle is parked on an incline the pump lever until its stop vehicle tool kit Be certain the jack arm is positioned iJ correctly under the axle housing axle Never turn release bolt 2 more than must fall into jack contour one or two revolutions Hydraulic fluid Jack up the vehicle by pumping arrow can otherwise escape until the wheel is clear of the ground Never start engine while vehicle is raised Removing the wheel gt Remove the wheel bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Warning VAN Make sure no one is injured when removing the wheel Grip wheel from the sides Keep hands from beneath the wheel Mounting the new wheel gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub Push the wheel onto the wheel hub and press fi
231. ngine shut off and no Switch off the lights gt page 104 SmartKey in the starter switch LOW BEAM L The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble LOW BEAM R The right low beam lamp is malfunction Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT ing Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble Display symbol Display message MARKER LIGHT FL HECK LIGHT ARKER LIGHT FR HECK LIGHT EAR FOGLIGHT HECK LIGHT C M C R C REAR FOGLIGHT T B R C T C URN OFF ACK UP LIGHT ON EVERSE LIGHT R HECK LIGHT AIL LIGHT L HECK LIGHT BACK UP LIGHT ON TAIL LIGHT R CHECK LIGHT BACK UP LIGHT ON TURN SIG LF CHECK LIGHT BACK UP LIGHT ON Possible cause The left front side marker lamp is mal functioning The right front side marker lamp is mal functioning The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning A lamp is malfunctioning A backup bulb is being used The right backup lamp is malfunctioning The left tail lamp is malfunctioning A backup bulb is being used The right tail lamp is malfunctioning A backup bulb is being used The left front turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning A backup bulb is being used Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt gt gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible
232. ngs on both sides Controls in detail Loading Installation behind front seats Lift tensioner Hook Tie down Ring Q Partition net Lift tensioner on tie downs must gt Set the length of the tie downs and Mounting point in the direction of the arrow lift tensioner to the rings gt Fold rear seat bench fully forward gt Insert tie down hooks in rings gt page 176 Pull on loose ends of tie downs untilnet Engage partition net in holders b gt is slightly tensioned gt Fold up seat bench until it locks in place The partition net will be tightened by the rear seat bench cushion After driving a short period check the ten sion of the partition net retighten if neces sary 179 Controls in detail Removing partition net Loading instructions gt Lift tensioner upward to a horizontal position to release tensioning of strap Disengage tie down hooks from rings Remove partition net from holders Storing partition net gt Roll up partition net and secure it Lift tensioner gt Store partition net behind rear seat fe posal Tie down bench a Hook The gross vehicle weight which is the Ring weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories pas Lift tensioner must point in the direc sengers and luggage cargo must never tion of the cargo compartment exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating gt
233. ning flasher switch Switching on the hazard warning flasher gt Press the hazard warning flasher switch All the turn signals will blink i With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the re spective left or right turn signals will operate when the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 1 or 2 Switching off the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch again Controls in detail Lighting Interior lighting Activating automatic control Deactivating automatic control gt Press the f symbol on rocker gt Move rocker switch 3 to center B eo P82 20 2406 31 Cargo compartment lamps Right reading lamp Rocker switch for automatic control system Left reading lamp 0 If the door remains open the interior lamps switch off automatically after ap proximately five minutes position Interior lamps are switched on in dark ness when you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch In addition the entry lamps in the door trays will come on when you open a door The interior lamps are switched off fol lowing an adjustable time delay gt page 132 switch The interior lighting and the entry lamps remain switched off in darkness even when you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starte
234. nition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury e The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Unlocking If the SmartKey cannot be turned the battery may not be sufficiently charged e Check the battery and charge it if necessary gt page 311 e Geta jump start gt page 313 To prevent accelerated battery dis charge and a possible dead battery al ways remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation Getting started Adjusting V Adjusting Warning VAN All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning VAN Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined Sitting in an excessively re clined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you
235. nlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle Locking the vehicle Changing batteries in the SmartKey eeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeee Fuel filler flap eeecceessseeeseees Manually unlocking the transmission gear selector lever Opening closing in an emergency Sliding pop up roof 0 ee eee Br sh guard sasien oreore Lowering and raising brush guard Replacing bulbs for front lamps Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Replacing wiper blades seeee Removing wiper blades Installing wiper blades Flat tire iirinn Preparing the vehicle Mounting the spare wheel 287 287 288 288 290 Battery cenene ii 311 Charging the battery 311 Disconnecting the battery 312 Reconnecting the battery 312 JUMP Starting eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 313 Towing the vehicle n 315 Transporting the vehicle 317 Towing the vehicle various problem scenarios 317 Front towing eye eee 318 Rear towing eye neeese 318 Freeing a stranded vehicle 318 F SSE e OA 319 Fuse box in passenger compartment ssssesssesrereereese 319 Fuse box in battery box 319 Fuse box in front passenger TOOTWE llc ceseriees see ssancec sseteeve avert 320 Fuse box in middle tunnel 321 Technical data 00 eee eeeeeees 323 Spare parts SErviCe cecceeee
236. ns is not permissible on all wheel tire combinations Snow chains should only be used on all four wheels With only two chains avail able they should be mounted on the rear wheels Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions Only use snow chains that are ap proved by Mercedes Benz Your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains Operation Winter driving Operation Maintenance Vv Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center in ac cordance with the Service Booklet at the times called for by the FSS Flexible Ser vice System Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the designated times mileage called for by the FSS may result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty FSS will notify you when your next service is due Approximately one month before your next service is due one of the following mes sages will appear in the multifunction dis play while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A SERVICE A IN XX DAYS SERVICE A IN XX MILES KM SERVICE A DUE NOW SERVICE A IN 300 Miles A P54 32 2311 31 Zope The type of service due is ind
237. nt airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fa tal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle you are responsible to make the buyer aware of these points Make sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual 1 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Warning VAN Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger front airbag gt page 68 Safety and Security Occupant safety i Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal front airbags impacts which exceed preset thresholds Only during these types of impacts if of sufficient severity to meet the deploy ment thresholds will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passenger should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the airbags to pro vide their supplemental protection In cases of other frontal impacts an gled impacts roll overs other side im pacts rear collisions or other accidents the airbags will not be acti vated The driver and pas
238. nterclockwise the left side of the cargo compartment be Via to hind the rear panel trim e open slide roof e lower roof at the rear P77 10 2017 31 Key vehicle tool kit Screwdriver vehicle tool kit Do not disconnect electrical connec tors s P77 10 2016 31 Edge protection gt Fit key into hexagon nut of drive Rear panel trim gt Insert screwdriver into the key asa gt Open the tailgate lever gt Remove edge protection Q from door pillar gt Remove rear panel trim V Brush guard Warning A The brush guard is designed solely to en hance the appearance of the vehicle and help protect grille and head lights from mi nor mishaps either on or off road Since the safety characteristics are limited in the event of an accident brush guards are not intended to prevent injury or damage in the event of an accident Also check state and local regulations on installation and use Raise and lower brush guard in an open space with plenty of room To help prevent personal injury when open ing or closing the brush guard use extreme caution not to trap hands or feet The brush guard must be in raised and locked position while driving Practical hints Brush guard Only lower brush guard to clean head lamps or to replace bulbs Practical hints Brush guard Lowering and raising brush guard Lowering Raising and securing gt While holding brush guard firmly open
239. o air recirculation mode to prevent The indicator lamp on the button unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle comes on Air distribution and volume Press button KAA from the outside This setting cuts off the are adjusted automatically intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Activating The indicator lamp in the button illumi nates Windshield fogged on the outside The climate control automatically 3 Pe NE EENEI pere a switches to the following functions Warning A gt Switch to manual mode e maximum blower and heat output When the outside temperature is below gt Turn me air distribution control air distrib tion to the windshield 41 F 5 C only switch to air recirculation to or Ia and the side windows mode for short periods to prevent window fogging e rear ventilation is turned off Deactivating Activating gt Press the R button gt Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button goes a indicator lamp in the button illumi nates out Defrosting is turned off i The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside tempera tures If you have turned off the air condition er or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically Deactivating gt Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button goes out The air recirculation mode is deactivated automatic
240. of others se lecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 13 5 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display i498 OH Niles 026753 OO Trip odometer Main odometer Outside temperature Clock Current gear selector lever position Transfer case program mode P54 30 7457 31 See separate operating instructions for the COMAND system for clock setting Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by the buttons on the multifunc tion steering wheel Multifunction display in the speed ometer Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume E cdown to decrease up to increase Telephone to take a call to end a call Menu systems for next menu for previous menu Moving within a menu Fa for next display B for previous display Pressing any of the buttons on the multi function steering wheel will alter what is shown in the multifunction display The information available in the m
241. ol panel Item G Switches for opening clos ing power window Switch for rear door win dow override 2 Seat adjustment 3 Door handle 4 Memory function for stor ing seat exterior mirrors and steering wheel set tings Getting started Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given here If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will help you with further in formation The corresponding page refer ences are at the end of each segment Y Unlocking Unlocking with the SmartKey gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps blink once The locking knobs in the doors move up gt Get in the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 86 P80 35 2108 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Unlock button Panic button gt page 73 Starter switch positions Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey The steering is locked when the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch If necessary move steering wheel slightly to allow the locking mechanism to engage 1 Power supply to some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ig
242. on display AUDIO menu The functions in the AUDIO menu operate the audio equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO OFF is shown in the display The following functions are available Function Page Select radio station 121 Operate CD player 121 Controls in detail Control system Select radio station gt Press button R or EM repeatedly Operate the CD player until the desired station is found gt Turnon the radio Refer to separate op gt Turn on the radio and select the CD erating instructions The type of search depends on the set player Refer to separate operating in S Pressibutton r repeatedly ting for the station tuning structions until you see the currently tuned sta e The next stored station is selected Press button or repeatedly tion in the display SP until the settings for the CD currently being played are shown in the display 2 Fni a uG e Station search 184 3 MHz amp cb4 2 N You can only store new stations by us ing the corresponding feature on the TRACE 5 i Aes P54 32 2303 31 radio Refer to separate operating in Station structions P54 90 6366 31 Waveband setting You can also operate the radio inthe Current track Setting for station selection using usual manner Current CD for CD changer meen gt Press button R or EN repeatedly until the desired track is selecte
243. ont lamps Headlamp assembly halogen For vehicles with brush guard Fold the brush guard down before re placing bulbs gt page 293 G 55 AMG Remove the protective grille before re placing the bulbs Removing Left headlamp right headlamp laterally re versed Securing screw trim panel 2 Head lamp trim panel Headlamp gt Switch off the lights gt Unscrew securing screws Q gt Remove head lamp trim panel and seal Practical hints Replacing bulbs Securing screw headlamp gt gt Unscrew headlamp securing screws 4 Remove headlamp Installing gt gt Insert headlamp 3 and screw in head lamp securing screws Install head lamp trim panel and seal and screw in securing screws Q 297 Practical hints Replacing bulbs a oM a f Eg P82 10 3082 31 Protection cover Electrical connector parking and standing lamps Electrical connector high and low beam P82 10 3083 31 Retainer spring Bulb for high and low beam Bulb socket for parking and standing lamps High and low beam bulb Remove protection cover Q Pull off electrical connector G Unclip retainer spring Remove bulb 6 Insert new bulb so that the base lo cates in the recess on the holder v v v YV Clip in retainer spring Plug electrical connector onto bulb gt Press on protection cover Q Parking and s
244. ontact spring Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Fuel filler flap A The emergency release is in the cargo compartment behind the rear panel trim Manually unlocking the transmission gear selector lever In the case of power failure the transmis sion gear selector lever can be manually unlocked e g to tow the vehicle p Release strap gt Pull strap upwards The fuel filler flap is unlocked and can Edge protection be opened Rear panel trim gt Open the tailgate Pin gt Remove edge protection Q from the door pillar gt Remove rear panel trim gt Insert a pin Q e g ball point pen into the covered opening gt Perform the following two steps simul taneously gt Push pin down gt Move gear selector lever from position P gt Remove pin The cover returns to its closed position af ter moving the gear selector lever to posi tions D and D The gear selector lever is locked again when moving it to position P Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Practical hints Opening closing in an emergency Vv Opening closing in an emergency Sliding pop up roof gt Turn screwdriver 4 clockwise to e close slide roof You can open or close the sliding pop up roof manually in the case of power failure e raise roof at the rear The sliding pop up roof drive is located on gt Turn screwdriver 4 cou
245. ontrol label 326 Ending A call telephone 138 Engine Compartment 227 Message in display 256 Starting with the key 44 Technical data 328 Turning off with the key 52 Engine cleaning 246 Engine compartment 227 Hood 227 Engine malfunction indicator lamp 25 256 Engine number 344 Engine oil 228 334 Adding 231 Additives 335 340 Checking level 228 Consumption 228 Display messages 272 Messages in display 229 271 Oil dipstick 232 Viscosity 344 Engine oil level see Oil level Enlarged cargo compartment 176 ESP 25 74 78 344 Messages in display 263 Switching off 79 Switching on 81 Synchronizing 263 Warning lamp 257 ETD 56 65 344 Safety guidelines 60 Exterior lamp switch 104 Exterior lamps Delayed switch off 131 Exterior rear view mirrors Adjusting 38 Parking position for 135 F Fahrenheit Setting temperature units 127 Fastening the seat belts 40 Fine adjustment Cruise control 171 First aid kit 283 Flat tire 306 Lowering the vehicle 310 Mounting the spare wheel 307 Spare wheel 285 Flexible Service System FSS Fog lamp rear 107 296 Fog lamps front 107 Messages in display 275 Switching on 107 4 ETS 74 77 Front airbags 61 Front axle differential lock Switching on 151 Front fog lamps Replacing bulbs Front lamps Messages in display 274 276 Replacing bulbs 295 297 Switching on 104 Front seat head restraints Installing 95 Removing 95 Front towing eye 318 Front turn signal lamp Replacing bu
246. opped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the multifunction display If you press on the ra accelerator when the engine has reached its rpm limit the transmission will upshift The transmission shifts through second gear only beyond any gear range limit selected Allows the use of engine s driver should always set the E braking power when driving parking brake in addition to pi placing the gear selector lever in an ts e onsteep downgrades Ge i If the transfer case is in off road driving position P to secure the vehicle position LOW the automatic transmis e in mountainous regions sion will not shift up automatically e under extreme operating even when the engine has reached the conditions speed limit for that gear There is a risk EH of damaging the engine The transmission operates in first gear only It is very important to make sure the permissible engine speed is not ex ceeded For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in position P gt page 290 Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehi
247. or park ing position S SSS Saas For easier parking you can adjust the pas senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R For information on activating the parking position see Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 153 i You can store a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mir ror for each SmartKey using the memo ry switch Adjustment button Driver s side mirror Passenger side mirror Memory button gt Stop the vehicle gt Switch ignition on if not already on gt Press button The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected Controls in detail Memory function Adjust the exterior rear view mirror with button Q so that you see the rear wheel and the curb Press memory button on the door Within three seconds press bottom of adjustment button above the exteri or lamp switch The parking position is stored if the mirror does not move i If the mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the mirror again Controls in detail Lighting V Lighting For notes on how to switch on the head Exterior lamp switch EJ Off lamps and use the turn signals see the Getting started section gt page 46 The exterior lamp switch is located on the EX Automatic hea
248. ors with a dry cloth or sponge Wiper blades gt Fold wiper arms forward Warning A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the wiper blades otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Operation Vehicle care Window cleaning gt Fold wiper arms forward Warning A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and cause inju ry gt Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Operation Vehicle care Light alloy wheels Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week with Mercedes
249. os appear if all light emitting diodes have sible stopped working Display symbol Display message RESTRAINT SYSTEM SERVICE RESTRAINT SYSTEM DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Warning VAN In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center immediately to have the system checked Possible cause The system is malfunctioning The air bags or emergency tensioning device ETD could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident The system is malfunctioning The air bags or emergency tensioning device ETD could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could re sult in serious or fatal injury or it might de ploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Drive with added caution to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center gt Drive with added caution to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message SEAT BELT SYSTE DRIVE TO WORKSHOP DRIVER S SEAT BELT FASTEN SEAT BELT Ro PASS SEAT BEIT FASTEN SEAT BELT TC IN NEUTRAL Warning VAN If the transfer case i
250. ow 2 pedal position 2 and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set 171 Controls in detail Driving systems Rear Parking Assist Warning A Rear Parking Assist rear Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always rests with the driver Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or street curbs Such objects may not be de tected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Rear Parking Assist can be affected by dirty sensors es pecially at times of snow and ice See Cleaning the Rear Parking Assist sensors gt page 247 172 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be tak en into consideration Warning A Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them The Rear Parking Assist system is an elec tronic aid designed to assist the driver dur ing parking maneuvers It visually and audibly indicates the relative distance be tween the rear of the vehicle and an obsta cle The Rear Parking Assis
251. p starting Now you can again turn on the electrical consumers Do not turn on the lights under any circumstances Warning A Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do rot moie gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 3 of the batteries Observe all safety instructions and precau and then from positive terminals tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 311 You can now turn on the lights gt Have the battery checked at the P54 10 2183 31 The jump start contacts are located in the c nearest authorized Mercedes Benz engine compartment D aa Gaiei Light Truck Center gt Make sure the two vehicles do not Negative terminal touch gt Open cover Q of the positive terminal Turn off all electrical consumers of both vehicles Apply parking brake gt Connect the positive terminals of the batteries with the jumper cable Shift gear selector lever to position P Clamp cable to discharged battery first v vV v YV Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehi cle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is pref erable to other types of
252. parts electrical connec tors sensors seals or other rubber parts Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Operation Vehicle care Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up normally every three to five months depending on climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of dirt embedding i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Operation Vehicle care Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from the intrusion of water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bush ings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be pro tected from any wax Vehicle washing Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight Use only a mild car wash detergent such as Mer
253. pened However the engine must be turned off When the SmartKey is inserted in the start er switch and the driver s door is closed the steering wheel returns to the last set position Warning A You must ensure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated the driver s door is being opened and the engine is turned off Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The easy entry exit feature can be switched on or off in the individual setting menu CONVENIENCE EASY ENTRY FEATURE ACTIVATE gt page 133 i To cancel steering wheel movement do one the following e Move the steering column stalk gt page 22 e Press the memory button gt page 102 Removing and installing front seat head restraints For more information on head restraint ad justment see the Getting started section gt page 36 A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraint so that the head re straint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an ac cident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle wi
254. proximately 2 minutes gt To activate Press and hold button for at least one second gt To deactivate Press button Q again or insert SmartKey in starter switch Safety and Security Panic alarm i For operation in the USA only This de vice complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause harmful interference and e this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and Security Driving and safety systems V Driving and safety systems In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System e 4 ETS Electronic Traction System e EBB Electronic Brake Booster e ESP Electronic Stability Program bi In winter operation the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS ESP EBB and 4 ETS is only achieved with winter tires M S tires or snow chains as re quired Warning A The following factors increase the risk of ac cidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS ESP and 4 ETS cannot reduce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and w
255. r collisions exceeding the sys tem s threshold to tighten the seat belts gt SRS FSS Flexible Service System Service indicator in the speedometer display that informs the driver when the next vehicle maintenance service is due GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indi cated on the certification label located on the driver s door pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passen gers and cargo The GWV must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the cer tification label located on the driver s door pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehi cle weight It is indicated on certifica tion label located on the driver s door pillar Gear range Number of gears which are available to the automatic transmission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the gear selector le ver GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipped with special re ceivers Employs CD digital maps for navigation Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lamps in the driver s field of vision in
256. r dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at differ ent speeds possibly causing the ESP to activate For this reason all wheels in cluding the spare wheel must have the same tire outside diameter The engine must be shut off when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Otherwise the ESP will engage the brakes and seriously damage the brake system i The ABS BAS and ESP are automatical ly switched off when the differential locks are switched on gt page 150 Safety and Security Driving and safety systems Switching off the ESP Warning A The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in stan dard driving maneuvers To improve the vehicle s traction turn off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e starting out on slippery surfaces and in deep snow in conjunction with snow chains e sand or gravel e when driving off road When the ESP is turned off e engine torque is not limited e the drive wheels can spin Safety and Security Driving and safety systems Hi The E
257. r switch Manual control Switching lamps on gt Press the symbol on rocker switch The interior lighting remains on even when the doors are closed Controls in detail Lighting Switching lamps off Rear interior lamps Cargo compartment lamps gt Move rocker switch to center posi The rear interior lamps are located above tion to activate the automatic control the rear seat bench on the left and right 1 side To prevent the vehicle battery from be ing discharged all interior lamps switch off automatically after approxi mately 30 minutes with the tailgate open Switching on and off If an interior lamp is switched on man ually it does not go out automatically Before leaving the vehicle make sure the interior lamps are switched off The rear interior lamps can be switched C The lamps are switched on gt Press button to switch the cargo on with the SmartKey in starter switch continuously compartment lamps 2 on off position 0 or SmartKey removed from The lamps are switched off the starter switch for up to 30 minutes Automatic function Cargo compartment lamps Switching on and off with the tailgate open If the tailgate should remain open for a longer period of time the cargo compart ment lamps may be switched off separate ly P72 32 2234 31 Door lock Lock cylinder Switching off gt Open the tailgate Press door lock Q down until i
258. r than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by selecting gear range 3 2 or 1 onthe automatic transmission to use the en gine s braking power gt page 142 This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately parking so the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To ensure sufficient traction during off road driving activate differential locks as needed gt page 150 Operation Driving instructions Parking A Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be
259. r unlock the If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key vehicle with the SmartKey then the batteries in the SmartKey are dis Battery check lamp comes on brief you should do the following F ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter Have the SmartKey deactivated by an charged the SmartKey is malfunction ies are in order authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck ing or the vehicle battery is drained Center e Check the batteries in the Smart T gt R tihei f the SmartK th Key gt page 88 and replace them if If battery check lamp does not PP TE pan oun S mechanical key immediately to your necessary gt page 288 come on briefly during check then the i SmartKey batteries are discharged car insarance company e Use the mechanical key to unlock aan R gt If necessary have the mechanical lock the doors gt page 287 e Have the vehicle battery and the battery connections checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center gt page 311 e Use the mechanical key to lock the doors and the tailgate gt page 288 If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Replace the batteries gt page 288 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center i If the batteries are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly replac
260. r vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment Y Locking and unlocking SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a different color to help distinguish each key unit The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2109 31 SmartKey with remote controls Lock button Locking tab for mechanical key Unlock button Battery check lamp Panic button gt page 73 i You can also open and close the power windows gt page 165 and slid ing pop up roof gt page 167 using the SmartKey To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of _ electromagnetic radiation Factory setting Global unlocking gt Press button gy All turn signal lamps blink once The locking knobs in the doors move up The vehicle will lock again automatically within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if nei
261. refer to the Service Booklet Warning A Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise to approx 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i Excessive coolant temperatures trigger a warning message in the multifunction display gt page 269 Operation Driving instructions Warning VAN e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the ve
262. release them only when the indicator light be gins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held trans mitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 DD Controls in detail Useful features gt DStep 3 gt Hold the end of the hand held remote control transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the surface of the integrated remote control locat ed on the interior rear view mirror keeping the indicator lamp in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press the hand held transmitter button and the desired integrated signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until completing step 5 The indicator lamp on the integrat ed remote control will flash first slowly and then rapidly The indicator lamp Q flashes the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will only start flashing after 20 sec onds Step 5 gt When the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly release both buttons Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained inte grated signal transmitter button and ob
263. restraint cushion For more information see Seats gt page 94 1 Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel The stalk is located on the steering column Adjusting steering column in or out lower left gt Move stalk forward or back in the direc tion of arrow until a comfortable steering wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow Warning VAN Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing or driving without the adjustment locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move stalk up or down in the direction of arrow When leaving the vehicle always remove the Make sure your legs can move freely SmartKey from the starter switch and lock lt and that all the displays incl malfunc your vehicle Adjusting steering column in or out tion and indicator lamps on the instru The steering wheel adjustment feature can Adjusting steering column up or down ment cluster are clearly visible also be operated with the driver s door gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch li open Do not leave children unattended in to position 1 or 2 gt page 33 the vehicle or with access to an unlocked or The memory function gt page 10 1 lets vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip gt Open the driver s door you store the setting for the steering ment
264. ring a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when stowing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Warning VAN Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Warning A Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident and sudden maneuvers Glove box P68 00 3004 31 Unlocked position Locked position Handle Controls in detail Useful features Opening the glove box gt Pull handle to open The glove box is illuminated with SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or 2 when opening the lid i The glove box can be locked and un locked with the mechanical key Closing the glove box gt Push lid up to close Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartments below the arm rest P68 00 3003 31 Opening small compartment gt Press button Q and lift armrest Closing small compartment Storage compartment in front of arm gt Lower armrest until it engages in lock rest i Opening Located in the cover of the storage gt Slide cover G backward compartment is a storage area for small items such as checks Closing i gt Slide cover G forward Openin
265. rly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The radiator fan may continue to run for ap proximately 30 seconds or even restart af ter the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades Warning A If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature display indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled down If neces sary call the fire department Operation Engine compartment A The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system Warning e with the engine running e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is turned manually Closing A Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Warning gt Lower hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approximately 0 7 ft 20 cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Do not push the hood closed manually as this could damage it Engine oil The amount of oil your engine n
266. rmation button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The mes sage TELE AID DRIVE TO WORKSHOP ap pears for approx 10 seconds in the multifunction display Warning A If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on dur ing the system self check or if any of these indicators remain illuminated constantly in red and or the message TELE AID DRIVE TO WORKSHOP is displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as ex pected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatical ly e following an accident in which the emergency tensioning devices ETDs or airbags deploy e if the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds See anti theft alarm sys tem gt page 82 and tow away alarm gt page 83 An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See below for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button
267. rmly gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly Warning VAN Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be re paired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts Practical hints Flat tire Warning VAN Use only genuine equipment Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the ve hicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could tip over Practical hints Flat tire Lowering the vehicle gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol Press the jack piston in again and close gt Using the pump lever open the lower vk the Shei o Po the a sheeted the i ing screw on the jack approximately ae to e a ons eee ee einer Veniclk one turn gt page 308 serve a tightening torque o ools gt page 130 Nm gt After changing the wheel secure the The vehicle is resting fully on its own ging weight damaged wheel on the spare wheel f Warning VAN mounting bracket gt page 286 Make gt Remove the jack ESE sure the wheel cannot come loose Have the tightening torque checked after ch
268. ronize the ESP With vehicle sta function or interrupted power supply The tionary and the engine running turn ABS and BAS might not be operational the steering wheel completely to the The system must be resynchronized Jan amel then to the richt to smelo nize the ESP If the ESP message does not go out gt Continue driving with added caution p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accident both directions as far as it will go with When synchronizing the ESP make out the wheels hitting any objects e g sure you can turn the steering wheel in a road curb Practical hints What to do if Display ESR Display message ESP VISIT WORKSHOP Possible cause Possible solution The ESP is switched off due to a malfunc gt Continue driving with added caution tion or an interruption in the power sup gt Have the system checked at an autho ply rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen The brake system is still functioning nor ter as soon as possible ied PESTA ESP AES ainel EAS eveil Failure to follow these instructions in able creases the risk of accident If in addition the ABS is malfunctioning only partial engine output will be avail able Practical hints What to do if Symbol messages Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution The battery was charged with a
269. ror Q Passenger side mirror gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lights in the instrument cluster come on gt Press button 2 for driver s side exteri or rear view mirror or button for passenger side exterior rear view mir ror gt Push adjustment button up down left or right according to the setting de sired Getting started Adjusting i The memory function gt page 101 lets you store the setting for the exterior rear view mirrors together with the set ting for the steering wheel and the seat position If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward or rearward reposition it by applying firm pressure until it snaps into place The exterior rear view mirror housing is now proper ly positioned and you can adjust the mirror normally For more information see Storing exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 103 Getting started Driving V Driving Warning A Do not lay any objects in the driver s foot well Be careful that floor mats or carpets in the driver s footwell have sufficient clear ance for the pedals During sudden driving or braking maneu vers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belt Warning A Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitt
270. roximately 6 17 minutes of operation depending on the outside temperature and vehicle speed If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously or the battery is only partially charged itis possible that the defroster will automatically turn it self off When this happens the indicator lamp inside the switch starts blinking As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the defroster turns itself back on Controls in detail Good visibility i The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum turn off the de froster as soon as the rear window is clear Windshield defroster air vents Center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for center air vent Side air vent adjustable Side defroster air vent fixed Thumbwheel for side air vent Footwell air vents Climate control panel i For draft free ventilation move the slid ers for the center air vents to the mid dle position Climate control panel Controls in detail Climate control Air volume Temperature control left Temperature control right Air distribution control Rear window defroster gt page 155 AC cooling on off ACOFF Residual engine heat utilization REST Air distribution and air volume auto matic mode Air recirculation Defrosting 157 Controls in detail Climate control The climate control is operational
271. rwise side marker lamp gt Unscrew securing screws Q housing could be damaged gt Remove lens Practical hints Replacing bulbs Bulb for turn signal lamp Bulb for tail lamp Bulb for brake lamp gt Push defective bulb or into socket turn counterclockwise and re move Insert new bulb in socket push in and turn clockwise until it clicks in Reinstall lens and screw in securing screws 1 Do not overtighten securing screws 1 Otherwise lens 2 could be damaged Rear fog lamp Backup lamp Securing screw Lens gt Switch off the lights gt Unscrew securing screws 1 gt Remove lens Bulb gt Push bulb 3 into socket turn counter clockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and turn clockwise until it clicks in Reinstall lens and screw in securing screws 1 Do not overtighten securing screws Q Otherwise lens 2 could be damaged Practical hints Replacing bulbs License plate lamp Tubular lamp gt AA Ei gt Replace tubular lamp gt Reinstall holder and screw in secur gt Switch off the lights ing screws 0 gt Unscrew securing screws Q a p gt Remove holder Do not overtighten securing screws 1 Otherwise holder with light lens could be damaged Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Y Replacing wiper blades The wiper with air spoiler should
272. rwise you could damage the seats and or cup holders The memory function gt page 101 lets you store the setting for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Getting started Adjusting Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow until your upper legs are lightly supported Seat backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow Make sure you have sufficient head room Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow Q A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraint so that the head re straint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an ac cident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at eye level Head restraint tilt Z lt I f P9116221 Manually adjust the angle of the head re straint gt Push or pull on the upper edge of the head
273. s such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center for information on the installation of an ap proved external antenna Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regard ing use of an external antenna A Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call Warning If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road traf fic and weather conditions permit Some ju risdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road traffic and weather conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approx 44 feet ap proximately 13 5 m every second Observe all legal requirements Controls in detail Useful features You can take and place telephone
274. s in NEUTRAL the P position of transmission will not hold vehi cle The parking brake must be applied to hold vehicle in place Possible cause Possible solution The seat belt system is malfunctioning The display reminds you and your passen gt gers to fasten seat belts The display reminds you and your passen gt gers to fasten seat belts No gear has been selected in the transfer gt case it is in NEUTRAL Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possi ble Fasten the seat belts Fasten the seat belts Engage transfer case to gear position HIGH or LOW gt page 145 Display symbol HIGH XD a SOS d Display message TE SHF CANCELLED TC SHIFT CONDITIONS NOT FULFILLED CLOSE SUNROOF CLOSE SUNROOF TELE AID DRIVE TO WORKSHOP FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE Possible cause The shift process in the transfer case was canceled because of a malfunction You have not met the shift conditions for a selection process in the transfer case The transfer case is malfunctioning You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the sliding pop up roof open You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the sliding pop up roof open One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning This display appears if button or on the multifunction steer
275. s ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the dis play gt Press button ENN or Keg The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone This may take up to 30 seconds In the display you will see the message PLEASE WAIT When the message PLEASE WAIT dis appears the phone book has been loaded gt Press button EN or Keg repeatedly until the desired name appears in the display The stored names are displayed in as cending or descending alphabetical or der i If you press and hold EAN or RA for longer than one second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing ENN Press button K The system dials the selected phone number e If connection is successful the name of the party you called and the duration of the call will appear in the display S_m2eem TEL H 00 01 15 MILLER P54 32 2006 31 e If no connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory Controls in detail Control system Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the dis play gt
276. seat head EEEEE EEEe restraints and seat adjustment fore Turn off all electrical consumers gt Turn off all electrical consumers aft gt page 95 Disconnect the battery negative lead gt Connect the positive lead and fasten its e Synchronize the ESP gt page 263 cover Remove the cover from the positive ter minal Disconnect the battery positive lead T gt Connect the negative lead Remove the breather hose from the Never invert the terminal connections battery Install the breather hose The battery its filler caps and the vent tube must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation V Jump starting A Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Warning Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding I
277. sengers will then be protected by the fastened seat belts We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Safety and Security Occupant safety Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags that are designed to acti vate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passen ger that you replace deployed airbags and repair any malfunctioning airbags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and airbag Warning VAN Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts in stalled or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub passenger front airbag cov er or door trim panels and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Airbags and emergency
278. serve the indicator lamp Q If the indicator lamp stays on con stantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the integrated signal transmitter button is pressed and released i If the indicator lamp blinks rapidly for about two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with pro gramming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature Step 7 gt To program the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other roll ing code devices with the rolling code fea ture follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the train ing button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is dif ficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener opera tor s manual Step 9 gt Press training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing step Step 10 gt Fir
279. sfer case this vehicle comes equipped with Controls in detail Differential locks Switching differential locks on and off Switching differential locks on The message ABS NOT AVAILABLE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____________ DIFFERENTIAL LOCKED appears in the The switch is located in the center console H multifunction display To avoid damage to the transfer case and differential locks Tie EOE Satninie anp mee ABS warning lamp in the instru e Engage differential locks only at low ment cluster come on speed Walling speed nor more Once the transfer case differential lock Hansen is switched on you can now if needed me pe engage P IRUNE i e switch on rear axle differential the driving wheels are spinning due lock to lack of traction e Do not engage on paved roads bad Transfer case center differential lock e switch on rear axle differential lock Rear axle differential lock Transfer case differential lock and front differential lock Front differential lock and Engagement indicator lamps yellow gt Press switch Function indicator lamps red The yellow engagement indicator lamp for the transfer case differen tial lock comes on The differential locks can only be f switched on in the sequence The ESP warning lamp comes on When the differential lock engagement operation has been completed the red function indicator lamp comes on
280. sible at a tread depth of approxi mately Vig in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be re placed The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread A Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the tread wear indicators TWI be come visible at approximately 1 4 in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not al low your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Ve in 3 0 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Warning Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire pressures must be main tained This applies particularly if the tires are subject to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You s
281. smit button to interrupt procedure Make sure all side windows and the slid ing pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Y Driving systems The driving systems of your vehicle are de scribed on the following pages e Cruise control with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e Rear Parking Assist with which you can assist your parking maneuvers The BAS ABS ESP 4 ETS and EBB driving systems are described in the Safety and Security section gt page 74 Cruise control Cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set or resume cruise control at any speed over 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever found on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 23 i The cruise control should not be acti vated during off road driving Controls in detail Driving systems A Cruise control is a convenience system de signed to assist the driver during vehicle op eration The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Warning Only use cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise con
282. sseeeeees 324 Warranty coverage eseese 325 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet c 0 325 Identification labels eee eeseeeeees 326 Layout of poly V belt drive 0 327 G 500 G 55 AMG ue eeeeereees 327 EMG MG ss scies E Mecsanssczecstaneeeeis 328 RIMS and tires 0 eeeeeeeceeeseeteeeeeeeeteees 329 RIMS ANd Tires sses 329 Spare wheels ccccsssseceeeessees 330 Electrical system eseceesseeeeeteeeeees 331 Main dimensions vehicle weights AN rating Soosepa siii 332 Main dimensions cccccesesees 332 Vehicle weights and ratings 332 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 333 Cap citiE S cicci 333 Engine oils sseseesesseessssesssessseessse 334 Engine oil additives 335 Air conditioning refrigerant 335 Brake fluid ececceeceesessseeeeeeees 335 Premium unleaded gasoline 335 Fuel requirements cceseeeeeees 336 Gasoline additives cesses 336 Coolants i csscccesessiaciicsestceaciseseneces 336 Anticorrosion antifreeze 337 Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning SYSUCMIN sess canes cavers sdvecvnveseavaeverseedees 339 Consumer information 340 Uniform tire quality grading 340 V Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explici
283. ssenger and the rear doors j a CL 9s 60 2362 31 Switch for rear door window override gt page 71 Left front window Right front window Right rear window Left rear window A When closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure Warning The closing procedure can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or by releas ing button on the SmartKey When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 Opening the windows gt Press switch 2 to to the resistance point The corresponding window will move downwards until you release the switch Closing the windows gt Pull on switch to The corresponding window will move upwards until you release the switch Fully opening windows Express open gt Press switch 2 to past the resis tance point and release The corresponding window opens com pletely Stopping windows gt Press or pull respective switch again Opening and closing windows with the SmartKey The sliding pop up roof gt page 166 will also be opened or closed when the power windows are operated with the SmartKey
284. ssion gt page 142 e Drive slowly e Utilize the engine s braking power when descending a slope observe the engine speed do not overrev the en gine Apply the service brake as need ed e Check the brakes after a lengthy down grade drive Traction in steep terrain Be easy on the accelerator and watch for continuous wheel traction when driving in steep terrain i The 4 ETS helps greatly when starting out on a steep incline when the front wheels have then the tendency to slip due to the weight shifting away the front axle The 4 ETS recognizes the sit uation and limits the torque for the front wheels by braking them Simulta neously the torque for the rear wheels is provided Driving across a hilltop Decelerate just ahead of a hilltop do not select gear range N to prevent the vehi cle from speeding up too much after climb ing a hill Use the momentum of the vehicle to drive across the hilltop After climbing a hill driving in this manner prevents the vehicle from jumping across the hilltop loosing its forward momentum speeding up too much after climbing the hill Driving downhill Select gear range 1 on the automatic transmission gt page 142 Drive downhill observing the same rules as driving uphill gt page 216 Only apply the service brake if the vehi cle is traveling straight downhill i e in the line of gravity i The special LOW RANGE ABS setting allows for pr
285. ssure the operating safety of the vehi cle when such tires are used Important guidelines Use only sets of tires and rims of the same type and make Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire pressure and correct as required Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under yy in 3 mm When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance driven A Tires and spare wheel should be replaced af ter six years regardless of the remaining tread Warning Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantag es such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must ensure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the in tended direction of rotation
286. t recommendations for scheduled oil chang es Failure to do so could result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air condition ing system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenu ous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bub bles in the system thus reducing the sys tem s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be re placed every two years preferably in the spring Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your au thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter will provide you with additional information Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions H
287. t across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Warning When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and may cause serious personal injury BabySmart airbag deactivation system P6B 10 2976 31 indicator lamp Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center are required for use with the BabySmart airbag deactivation system With the special child seat properly in stalled the passenger front airbag will not deploy 1 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp The indicator lamp located in the center console will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in the start er switch position 0 i The system does not deactivate the emergency tensioning device Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter s
288. t be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat alytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Introduction Operator s Manual Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction Operator s Manual Warning A This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on road and off road use It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2 wheel drive passenger cars are not intended This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets highways and off road use This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars As with other vehicles of this type if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles F
289. t differentials and differential locks gt page 149 Warning Controls in detail Good visibility YV Good visibility For information on windshield wipers see Windshield wipers gt page 47 and for setting the exterior rear view mirrors see Exterior rear view mirror gt page 38 Rear view mirror Automatic antiglare rear view mirrors The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirrors and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mir ror The interior rear view mirror will not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Warning VAN The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirrors do not react for example if the cargo compartment is fully loaded Glare can endanger you and others Warning VAN Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in side rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Warning A In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escap
290. t engag es arrow Do not close the tailgate if the lock is engaged in down position The lock could otherwise be damaged When locking the tailgate it is impor tant that the door lock be in the same position as shown in the illustration Controls in detail Lighting Switching on gt Press lock cylinder 2 to activate the cargo compartment lamps again The cargo compartment lamps will switch on Warning A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the tail gate opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around Only drive with the tailgate closed as other wise exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Controls in detail Instrument cluster VY Instrument cluster A full view illustration of the instrument cluster can be found in the At a glance section of this manual gt page 24 P54 30 6372 31 Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e turn on the ignition e press reset button Q e switch on the exterior lamps You can change the instrument cluster set tings in the Instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 127 Instrument cluster illumination Use the reset button to adjust the illumina tion brightness for the instrument cluster i The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light cond
291. t information 9 Q Quick search Phone book 139 R Radio Selecting stations 121 Station search 121 Station selection setting 132 Radio transmitters control and operation 221 Range distance to empty Calling up 137 Range of sensor Rear Parking Assist 173 Reading lamp 29 Rear axle differential lock Switchingon 151 Rear bench seat Foldable 176 Rear door window Blocking operation 71 Rear fog lamp Replacing bulbs 302 Switching on 107 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear Parking Assist 172 346 Cleaning sensors 247 Malfunction 174 Monitoring reach 173 Warning indicators 174 Rear seat head restraints 96 Installing 96 Removing 96 Rear towing eye 318 Rear view mirror automatic antiglare 152 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Rear window defroster 155 Activating 155 Deactivating 155 Rear window wiper washer 49 Reconnecting Vehicle battery 312 Refrigerant Air conditioning 335 Refueling 224 Regular checks 225 Remote controls SmartKey 86 Remote door unlock With Tele Aid 197 Remote Vehicle Diagnostics 346 Removing Cargo compartment cover 176 Wheel 309 Wiper blades 304 Replacing Brake lamp bulbs 296 Bulbs 295 Front lamp bulbs 297 Rear lamp bulbs 296 301 Wiper blades 304 Resetting All functions control system 123 All functions of a submenu 125 Fuel consumption 136 Service indicator FSS 243 Trip odometer 113 Residual heat utilization 346 REST Residual engine heat utilization 346 Restraint systems 56 346 A
292. t never exceed the GVWR 2 GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc V Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Therefore use only brands tested and ap Please refer to the Factory Approved Ser proved by Mercedes Benz vice Products pamphlet or inquire at your Vehicle components and their respective Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center lubricants must match Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter G 500 8 5 US qt 8 0 I Approved engine oils G55AMG 8 0 US qt 7 5 I Automatic transmission 9 0 US qt 8 5 I MB Automatic Transmission Oil Transfer case 2 96 US qt 2 8 I MB part no A 001 989 28 03 10 Differential lock mechanism 0 47 0 63 US qt Brake fluid DOT 3 4 SAE J1703 0 45 0 6 I Front axle 1 5 US qt 1 4 I Hypoid gear oil SAE 90 85 W 90 Rear axle 1 9 US qt 1 8 I Hypoid gear oil SAE 90 85 W 90 Power steering approx 1 06 US qt 1 0 I MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron III ATF Front wheel hubs approx 1 5 oz 43 g each High temperature roller bearing grease Fuel tank 25 4 US gal 96 0 Premium unleaded gasoline including a reserve of 5 3 US gal 20 0 I Posted Octane 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Cooling system Air conditioning system Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning system Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants
293. t system is auto matically activated when you switch on the ignition and shift the gear selector lever to position R The Rear Parking Assist system monitors the rear area of your vehicle by means of four sensors in the rear bumper Range of the sensors To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage them aa 0 75 150 cm 0 29 5 59 1 in P54 65 2539 31 ERR AIEE 0 75 150 cm 0 29 5 59 1 in P54 65 2540 31 Center approx 59 1 in 150 cm Corners approx 40 in 100 cm During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g planters or trailer hitches The Rear Parking Assist system will not detect such objects at close range and dam age to your vehicle or the object may result Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc es e g truck air brakes or jackham mers may impair the operation of the Rear Parking Assist system Controls in detail Driving systems Minimum distance The minimum distance between the sen sors and an obstacle is approximately 20 in 50 cm If you encounter an obstacle in this range all the warning lamps come on and you hear a warning signal If the ob stacle is closer than the minimum dis tance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the system 173 Controls in detail Driving systems Warning indi
294. tanding lamp bulb gt Pull off electrical connector from bulb socket gt Push bulb into bulb socket turn counterclockwise and remove gt Insert new bulb in bulb socket push in and turn clockwise until it clicks in gt Plug electrical connector 2 onto bulb socket Front fog lamp Removing P82 10 3085 31 Securing screw fog lamp Adjusting screw fog lamp a P82 10 3084 31 gt Unscrew fog lamp securing screws 4 Right front fog lamp left front fog lamp lat erally reversed gt Remove fog lamp Securing screw trim panel Fog lamp trim panel Fog lamp gt gt Switch off the lights Installing Insert fog lamp and screw in fog lamp securing screws 4 gt Unscrew securing screws 1 gt Reinstall fog lamp trim panel 2 and screw in securing screws 1 gt Remove fog lamp trim panel 2 and seal Practical hints Replacing bulbs Fog lamp bulb P82 10 3086 31 Electrical connector Retainer spring Bulb socket gt Pull off electrical connector gt Unclip retainer spring 7 gt Pull out bulb socket 8 gt Insert the new bulb so that the base lo cates in the recess on the holder v Clip in retainer spring O gt Plug electrical connector C together Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front turn signal lamp i G 55 AMG Remove the protective grille before re placing bulbs
295. tensioning de vices ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An airbag or ETD that was activated must be replaced Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated Do not touch Improper work on the system including incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS Safety and Security Occupant safety Front airbags e In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inop erative or causing unintended airbag de ployment Work on the SRS must Warning A In the event that the EH indicator lamp therefore only be performed by qualified oome an while driving the SRS may not be technicians Contact an authorized operational For your safety we strongly Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center immedi ately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety instructions must be fol in an accident which could result in serious lowed These instructions are available or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpect Driver airb
296. the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER submenu to change the instru ment cluster display settings The follow ing functions are available Function Page Select time display mode 127 Select temperature display 127 mode Select speedometer display 128 mode Select language 128 Select display speed display or 129 outside temperature Selecting time display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER submenu Press button Xj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the display 12 24 HOUR The selection marker is on the current setting 12 24 HOUR A 12h i N 24h P54 32 2414 31 Press or E to set the 12h or 24h time display mode Controls in detail Control system Selecting temperature display mode gt gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER submenu Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play TEMP INDICATOR The selection marker is on the current setting TEMP INDICATOR ip al a See 0 I P54 32 2422 31 Press or E to set temperature unit to degrees Celsius C or degrees Fahrenheit F 127 Controls in detail Control system Selecting speedometer display mode Selecting language gt Press or E to select the lan guage to be used for the multifunction gt Move the selection marker with gt Move the selection marker with the or FSM button to the IN
297. the back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sys tem which is properly secured with the ve hicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is sae j to position 1 or 2 gt page 33 significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child gt Open the driver s or front passenger restraint door Seat adjustment Seat fore and aft adjustment The seat adjustment switches are located in each front door gt Press the switch forward or back in the direction of arrow G Adjust to a comfortable seating posi tion that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far to the rear as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls Head restraint height Seat backrest tilt Seat fore and aft adjustment Seat cushion tilt Seat height Getting started Adjusting i When moving the seat be sure that e there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats e the cup holder next to the armrest is removed gt page 185 e the cup holder in the front passen ger footwell is folded closed gt page 185 Othe
298. the belt runs over the middle of the shoul ry P91 40 2395 31 Button for belt outlet height adjust ment Adjusting belt outlet higher gt Slide belt outlet upward The belt outlet engages in five various positions Adjusting belt outlet lower gt Press and hold release button Q gt Slide belt outlet in desired position gt Let go of release button Q Please comply with the instructions for Proper use of seat belts gt page 42 Starting the engine Warning VAN Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as garage which are not properly ven tilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected imme diately If you must drive under these condi tions drive only with at least one window fully open Getting started Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive position For more information see Automatic transmission gt page 140 Getting started Driving Starting gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Do not depress accelerator gt Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until
299. the current setting AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK H P OH N OFF P54 30 6453 31 gt Press or E to switch function ON or OFF Controls in detail Control system Convenience submenu Access the CONVENIENCE submenu via the SETTINGS menu Use the CONVENTENCE sub menu to change the settings for a number of convenience features The following functions are available Function Page 133 135 135 Activate easy entry exit feature Set key dependency Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti vate the easy entry exit feature When the feature is activated the steering wheel will move back to facilitate exiting when you e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open the driver s door However the engine must be turned off Controls in detail Control system A Make sure no one can become trapped or in jured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is in operation and the driver s door is being opened or the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Warning Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury After entering the vehicle the steering wheel will move into t
300. the engine gt Add engine oil gt page 231 and check the engine oil level gt page 229 It may be that there is water inthe engine gt Have the oil checked oil The engine oil has dropped to a critical Check the engine oil level level gt page 229 and add oil as required gt page 231 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks The measuring system is malfunctioning Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center 272 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution EJ RESERVE FUEL The fuel level has dropped below the re Refuel at the next gas station GO TO GAS STATION serve mark gt page 224 CHECK GAS CAP The fuel cap is not closed tightly gt Check the fuel cap gt page 224 SEE OPERATOR S MANUAL Es HOOD OPEN You are driving with the hood open gt Close the hood gt page 228 T REMOVE KEY You have forgotten to remove the Smart Remove the SmartKey from the starter Key switch REPLACE KEY No additional code available for Smart Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Key Light Truck Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution 3RD BRAKE LIGHT The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT tioning Th
301. the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving Warning A Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride distur bance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the ve hicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or re pairs Introduction Operating safety Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards Warning VAN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instr
302. ther door nor tailgate is opened the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch or the central locking switch is not activated Global locking gt Press button EEN All turn signal lamps blink three times The locking knobs in the doors move down Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressing only unlocks the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about five seconds until battery check lamp blinks twice The SmartKey will then function as fol lows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once Global unlocking gt Press button twice Global locking gt Press button EEN Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about six seconds until the battery check lamp 4 blinks twice A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Controls in detail Locking and unlocking T Checking the batteries Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key gt Press button or ral If you can no longer lock o
303. this message in the dis play HEADLIGHTS DELAYED SHUT OFF The selection marker is on the current setting HEADLIGHTS H DELAYED SHUT OFF 60 s k 45 s N 30 s i5s Os P54 30 7463 31 Controls in detail Control system gt Press or E to select the de sired lamp on period You can select e 0 s the delayed switch off feature is deactivated e 15 s 30 s 45 sor60 s the delayed switch off feature is activated You can temporarily deactivate the de layed switch off feature gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to 0 The delayed switch off feature is deac tivated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Controls in detail Control system Interior lighting delayed switch off Use this function to set whether and for how long you would like the interior light ing to remain lit during darkness after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHT ING submenu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play INT LIGHTING DELAYED SHUT OFF The selection marker is on the current setting INT LIGHTING H PEERTED SHUT OFF P 2 1 1 ouoWw huh ww P54 32 2308 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired lamp on time period You can se
304. thout the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Do not interchange head restraints from front and rear seat i Tilt the seat backrest rearward for eas ier removal and installation of the head restraints Front seat head restraints P54 25 2779 31 Switch Removing front seat head restraint gt Press switch Q upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended p gt Pull head restraint out Controls in detail Seats Installing front seat head restraint gt Press switch Q upwards and hold for about five seconds gt Press the head restraint down until it engages gt Adjust head restraint to the desired po sition Synchronizing head restraints and seat adjustment fore and aft for front seats If the power supply was interrupted bat tery disconnected or discharged the head restraints and the seat adjustment fore and aft are no longer adjusted automatical ly The head restraints and the seat adjust ment fore and aft must be resynchronized gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 gt Move the seat completely forward gt page 35 and the head restraint fully down gt page 36 and hold the switch es for approximately one second Controls in detail Seats Rear seat head restraints Warning A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust hea
305. tly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center where you will receive comprehensive in formation also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installa tion will be performed Introduction Operator s Manual Vv Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your
306. to ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care prod ucts Additional information can be found in the booklet Vehicle Care Guide Power washer When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufactur er s operating instructions Never use a round nozzle to pow er wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical
307. to do if Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle and turn off the en gine gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could other wise damage the engine Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution COOLANT The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop immediately and check the STOP ENGINE OFF poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an in operative water pump which may re sult in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center If it is in order gt Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty COOLANT The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunc gt Observe the coolant temperature dis VISIT WORKSHOP tioning play gt page 112 gt Have the fan replaced as soon as pos sible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause Possible solution CRUISE CONTROL Cruise control is malfunctioning gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Light Truck Center DOOR OPEN You are attempting to drive with one or Close the doors more doors open ENGINE AIR FILTER The engine filter is clogged and must be pb Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz VISIT WORKSHOP replace
308. trol can be danger ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Set current or higher speed Set current or lower speed Cancel cruise control Resume at last set speed Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift or depress 2 the cruise control lever The current speed is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated 170 i On uphill or downhill grades cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel cruise control gt or gt Step on the brake pedal Briefly push the cruise control lever to position G Cruise control will be canceled The last speed set will be stored for later use Moving gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels cruise control However the gear se lector lever should not be mov
309. ts If the tailgate lock was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door un lock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the tailgate lock again to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is lo cated the Response Center will con tact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be pro vided to law enforcement 197 Controls in detail Useful features Garage door opener The built in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices for example garage door openers gate openers or other devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems You can program the signal transmitter buttons P68 05 2090 31 Remote control integrated into the interior rear view mirror Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Hand held transmitter button Hand held remote control trans mitter not part of the vehicle equipment A Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate op erator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po tential harm or damage Warning When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When program ming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safe ty stop and re
310. tures for off road A Drive slowly in unknown terrain This will make it easier to recognize unexpected ob stacles and avoid damage to the vehicle Warning To help avoid the vehicle rolling over never turn it around on steep inclines If the vehi cle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Do not drive along the side of a slope dan ger of vehicle rollover If in doing so the ve hicle begins to show a tendency to roll immediately steer into a line of gravity straight up or downhill Never let the vehicle roll backwards in idle You may lose control of the vehicle if you use only the service brake Sand dirt mud and other material having friction property can cause exceptional wear and tear as well as brake failure Have the brakes checked for dirt build up and cleaned There is otherwise a risk that full braking power may not be available in an emergency Read this chapter carefully before you be gin off road travel Familiarize yourself with the vehicle char acteristics and gear changing before you attempt any difficult terrain off road driv ing We recommend that you start out with easy off road travel driving The following driving features are available for specific kind of operation ABS gt page 74 ESP gt page 78 4 ETS gt page 77 Differential lock gt page 148 Transfer case gt page 145 Off road driving rules gt Engage the transfer case i
311. ucted to do so by information on the label itself Re moval of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or per sonal injury Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction Reporting safety defects Y Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administr
312. ular phone network is not avail able The message INFO CALL FAILED appears in the multifunc tion display Information calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunc tion steering wheel Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamps do not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remains illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently ac tive and may not initiate a call Visit your Mercedes Benz Light Truck Cen ter and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Upgrade Signals The Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority e Automatic emergency First priority e Manual emergency Second priority e Roadside assistance Third priority e Information Fourth priority Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected an upgrade al ternating tone will be heard and the ap propriate indicator lamp will flash If certain information such as vehicle identi fication number or customer information is not available the operator may need to re transmit During this time you will hear a beep and voice contact will be interrupted Voice contact will resume once the retransmis sion is completed Once a call is conclud ed a beep will be heard a
313. ultifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under AUDIO for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being ar ranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or repeatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e Ifyou press button or repeatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Inthe SETTINGS menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For in structions on using these submenus see the Settings menu section gt page 123 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Controls in detail Control system The menus are described on the following pages 117 Controls in detail Control system Menus AFTER START 06075 mi 1 30 h 50 Mph 21 4 Mpg 72 F 10 30a This is what you will see when you scroll through the menus 149 6 Miles 826753 72 F 10 30a SETTINGS TO RESET R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC 72 F 10 30a 72 F The table on the next page provides an overview of the individual
314. us others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecked can at tack the paintwork as well as the underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e Near the ocean e In industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e During winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the fac
315. utomatically armed When you unlock your vehicle the tow away protection disarms automatically Disarming tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm feature switch off the tow away alarm be fore towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train The switch is located on the center con sole Tow away alarm off switch Indicator lamp gt Turn off the ignition and remove the SmartKey i You cannot disarm the tow away alarm while the ignition is turned on gt Press upper half of the switch Indicator lamp in the switch comes on briefly gt Lock your vehicle with the SmartKey The tow away alarm remains disarmed un til you lock your vehicle again Canceling the tow away alarm To cancel the alarm gt Press the or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Transfer case Differential locks Good visibility Climate control Power windows Sliding pop up roof Driving systems Loading Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed in your vehicle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of you
316. ve the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND radio or telephone if road traffic and weather conditions permit Warning Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Operation Driving instructions Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connect ed to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation in structions regarding use of an external an tenna Operation Driving instructions Driving abroad Abroad there is a widely spread Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center directo ry you should request pertinent informa tion from your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped
317. verse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufac tured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards i Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener If you should experience diffi culties with programming the transmit ter contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 a For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Useful features Programming or reprogramming the in tegrated remote control Step 1 gt Switch on ignition Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed an integrated signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 Otherwise press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and and
318. verter not i imi e have been stationary for at least five ENGINE OIL LEVEL covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited i i minutes with the engine turned off NOT WHEN ENGINE ON Warranty gt Turn off the engine iJ ilf iheeneine isatnormal aii ae The engine oil level can be checked by ae eh oe b is Perform the engine oil level check with either the oil dipstick or via the multi a K e E E E the dipstick if it cannot be completed function display in the instrument EFAG with the control system gt page 230 cluster gt page 229 The amount of gt If the engine is not yet at normal In this case we recommend that you engine oil needed is shown more operating temperature you must wait have the system checked at a precisely in the multifunction display 30 minutes before checking oil Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the For more information on messages in the following message will appear display concerning engine oil see the ENGINE OIL LEVEL Practical hints section gt page 271 REDUCE OIL LEVEL To check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick do the following gt Open the hood gt page 227 gt Pull out oil dipstick Q gt page 232 gt Wipe oil dipstick clean gt Fully insert oil dipstick into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick Q again after approximately three seconds to obtain accurate re
319. vided by the control system Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking of the tachometer dial Avoid this en gine speed range as it may result in se rious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Technical terms Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit motive power to the drive axles includ ing e engine e clutch torque converter e transmission e transfer case e drive shaft e differential e axle shafts axles Rear Parking Assist System which uses visual and acoustic signals to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers Remote Vehicle Diagnostics Transmission of vehicle data and cur rent location to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for sub scribers to Tele Aid service REST Residual engine heat utilization Feature that uses the engine heat stored in the coolant to heat the vehi cle interior for a short time after the en gine has been turned off Restraint system Seat belts belt tensioner airbags and child seat restraint systems As inde pendent systems their protective func tions complement one another RON Research Octane Number The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion
320. ving Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Press and hold lower half of the switch The wiper operates with washer fluid The rear window will be wiped for ap proximately another five seconds after the switch is released For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield rear window washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 234 Getting started Driving Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be op erating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and turn off the engine Allow engine and coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 232 i Excessive coolant temperatures trigger a warning message in the multifunction display gt page 269 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking gasoline gt Do not start the engine under any cir cumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be de termined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes B
321. w chains 241 Tires 240 Winter driving instructions 212 Winter tires 240 Wiper blades Cleaning 247 Installing 305 Removing 304 Replacing 304 Wiper washer Rear window 49 Wiping And washing simultaneously 48 Interval 47 49 With windshield washer fluid 48 Wood trims Cleaning 249 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning VAN To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and
322. wheels Warning A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 97 lb ft 130 Nm Use only genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Operation Winter driving YV Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehi cle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center This service includes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for below freezing point temperatures gt page 339 e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to ensure the engine can be started even at low ambient temperatures e Tire change Mercedes Benz recom mend M S rated radial ply tires with a minimum tread depth of approximately y in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season Winter tires Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS ESP EBB and 4 ETS in winter operation For safe handling make sure all winter tires mounted are of the same make and have the same tread design A Winter t
323. witch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Accelerator position Your driving style influences the transmis sion s shifting behavior Less throttle Earlier upshifting More throttle Later upshifting Kickdown Use kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease onthe accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Emergency operation Limp Home Mode If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the trans mission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only 2nd gear and reverse gear can be activated Stop the vehicle v Move gear selector lever to P v Turn off the engine v Wait at least ten seconds before re starting v Restart the engine gt Move gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Transfer case V Transfer case For more information on off road driving N Neutral z Gyn see Off road driving gt
324. witch to position 1 or 2 the indicator lamp located in the center console comes on for approximately six seconds and then goes out If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not func tioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see Practical hints section gt page 259 Warning VAN The BabySmart airbag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminat ed Warning VAN Make sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use t
325. with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial con trol of the pollutants in the exhaust emis sions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Service Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and start a fire Warning VAN As with any vehicle do not idle park or op erate this vehicle in areas where combusti ble materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Emission control Certain engine systems serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible legal limits These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly ac cording to factory specifications Any ad justments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center autho rized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way More over the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details
326. y drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air condi tioning cooling function of the climate control system The air in the vehicle will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button Gag The indicator lamp on the button comes on Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air conditioner gt Press button again The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air conditioner uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the button on the climate con trol panel starts to blink this indicates that the air conditioner is losing refrig erant The compressor has turned itself off The air conditioner cannot be turned on again e Have the air conditioner checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Rear passenger compartment adjustable air vents Q Air volume control for center air vents Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Controls in detail Climate control Controls in detail Power windows Vv Power windows Opening and closing the windows The side windows can be opened and closed electrically The switches for all the side windows are on the driver s door The switches for the respective windows are on the front pa
327. zed Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center techni cian or the tow service provider on a case by case basis and may be a factor in our ability to respond Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to bea reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram Brochure in your glove box Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Informa tion Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MER Cedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Truck found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in for eign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may no

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Télécharger  KFC Cruautés - Massacre animal  IMAQ Vision for Measurement Studio User Manual  MANUEL D`UTILISATION SIEGE MIRRA  Philips Suspension light 40228/53/86  Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and  取扱説明書（PDF）  CETK-590 Plus - elcasrl.com.ar  Crystal Ball  MIRAGE  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file